‘ 20) ne Wr Raga! ity 34 Ye ats Is} > 4 ef i) vy, He ih 3 + af ‘a he 2} ate , . 4! Oe Waa Ne ape A 1 { ni ae 4 ae . A ‘ -_~ 1) np P ¥ ‘ f r - 4 4 | Ns , bas — : ; . { a iy | ii i . j 4% = ; . Hi Ay i ) re mL; ‘ ce: - & ‘ \ : “i ' ih aN a Ap yi ( a bie saan : PROCEEDINGS OF THE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL shea lhe OF LONDON, FOR THE YEAR | | 1892. | PART J. CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN JANUARY ann FEBRUARY, Ps | JUNE 1st, 1892. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. LONDON: 3 MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND ©0O.; PATERNOSTER-ROW. [Price Twelve Shillings.) LIST OF CONTENTS. PART I.—1892. January 5, 1892. Page _ The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in November and December 1891....2.....0+-- Dedieatas heute sonics ow oes p eis plates ore Be ee Dr. E. ©. Stirling. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the new. Australian Marsupial (Notoryctes typhlops) .. ices cere ceces sapeeececr sere se ce sesscemebeenes Sect Dr, F, A. Jentink. Letter from, referring to additional specimens of the Bush-rat (Pithechir GELOMUTUS 4.099 Se vs nis ore vin ¥ oie OOS a pip Be Ps 6 vie FV ae eee wD oe oie Rh 4 HOt one up 6 pa sie oie winiale Mr. EB. Hartert. Exhibition of a series of Birds’ Eggs associated with Eggs of Cueulus canorus, and remarks upon the mimicry of Cuckoos’ Hggs ...-..-.0eee cess cent ewes sees 1. On a small Collection of Mammals, Reptiles, and Batrachians from Barbary. By Joun Anperson,; M.D., LL.D., F.R.S. (Plate 1.) ... 0 ee eee et ee eee eee eect reece ewees 2. On the Myriopoda and Arachnida collected by Dr. Anderson in Algeria and para By RB: TE PORGER Ss os se we sGiien eases SEO OUT eles 6 5 ha pixie W/o 6 total gin ety AM, u waatanate tas 3. On the Earthworms collected in Algeria, and Tunisia by Dr. Anderson. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., Prosector to the Society....... iw Schoey ew vee Pale eye eae : 4. On the Milk-Dentition of Procavia (Hyrax) capensis and of the Rabbit (Lepus cuniculus), with Remarks on the Relation of the Milk and Permanent Dentitions of the Mam- malia. By M. F. Woopwarp, Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal College of Science, London. (Plate ID.)... oe este feces ce cede cece etiotnn cee cdetenesese Grass 5. On the Species of the Hyracoidea. By Otprizty Tuomas, F.Z.S. (Plate IT.) February 2, 1892. The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in January 1892 Mr. W. Bateson, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Crab’s Limbs bearing super- numerary claws ..-.-.c.ceee ee ES Re OG ee thn ile Bee win 3 eeriocice : to 38. Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper. PROCEEDINGS OF THE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON FOR THE YEAR PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE. LONDON: MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO. PATERNOSTER ROW. jp Sh ia 5 OF THE COUNCIL AND OFFICERS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1892. COUNCIL. (Elected April 29, 1892.) Sir Wrtttam Frower, C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., President. Witt1am Barzsoy, Esq., M.A. | E. W. H. Horpsworru, Esq. Wittrm T. Buanrorp, Esq., | Cor. Luonarp H. Ippy. F.B.S. | Lr.-Gen. Str H. B. Lvumspen, Cuartes T. Bucxiann, Esq. [KS Henry E. Dressmr, Esq. | Tau Lorp Mepway. Cuartes Drummonn, Esq., Trea- surer. Str Joseph Fayrer, K.C.S.L, | Dr. Sr. Gzorcz Mrvarr, F.RS., Vice-President. | Prorgesson ALFRED Newron, F.R.S., Vice-President. M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President. F. Du Cane Gopman, Esq.,F.R.S., Osperr Satvin, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President. Vice-President. Lr.-Cot, H. H. Gopwix-Ausrey, .Howarp Saunpers, Esq. F.RS. Puitie Lurizy Scrarer, Esq., Dr. Ansert Ginruer, FRA, M.A.,Ph.D., F.B.S., Secretary. Vice-President. Hoeyry Sexzoum, Esq. Dz. Epwarp Hamitron. PRINCIPAL OFFICERS. P. L. Sctarer, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. Frank E. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., Prosector. Mr. A. D. Barrierr, Superintendent of the Gardens. Mr. F. H. Waternovse, Librarian. Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant. Mr. W. J. Witriams, Chief Clerk. LIST OF THE CONTRIBUTORS, With References to the several Articles contributed by each. AnpeErson, Jonn, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S. On a small Collection of Mammals, Reptiles, and Batra- GhiAs Irom SSAXDALY. CCL UHEE Ly... pan nieces meeve wc). Remarks on the occurrence of Spalax typhlus in Africa. . Bateson, Wiut1am, M.A., F.Z.S., Fellow of St. John’s Col- lege, Cambridge. Exhibition. of, and remarks upon, some Crab’s Limbs bearing supernumerary clawS .....+.. seeseneeeeee ones On Numerical Variation in Teeth, with a Discussion of the Monmeenriin OL WIOMOLO SY |. 5.) caine cnles ww lors enlwelsiak sen « Bateson, Wi1.1AM, M.A.,, F.Z.S., Fellow of St. John’s Col- lege, Cambridge, and Brinpitey, H. H., M.A., St. John’s College, Cambridge. On some cases of Variation in Secondary Sexual Characters, statistically examined 2... 2.026 eee wece es cece eee cee 76 102 iv Page Bepparp, Frank E., M.A,, F.RB.S., F.R.S.E., F.Z.S8., Pro- sector to the Society, Lecturer on Biology at Guy’s Hospital. On the Earthworms collected in Algeria and Tunisia by Dip A Gere oe ee aie ee tae eros are 2 rr ew eres eee 28 Abstract of a Memoir entitled ‘‘ Contributions to the Ana- tomy of the Anthropoid Apes” ......-..+eeee eee e eens 118 On some Species of the Genus Pericheta (sensu stricto). Ch latessOXe Rae area erties. yong side wa ream ey emia 153 Notes on the Anatomy and Osteology of the Indian Darter (Plotus melanogaster) ...065 cove he eens we 291 On some Aquatic Oligochztous Worms .............. 349 On the Brain and Muscular Anatomy of Aulacodus .... 520 On the Convolutions of the Cerebral Hemispheres in certain Rodents On some new Species of Earthworms from various parts of ite World: (Plates MW. & GV) feo. Ssisie eee 666 Bett, F. Jerrrey, M.A., Sec.R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London. A Contribution to the Classification of Ophiuroids, with Descriptions of some new and little-known Forms. (Plates POD RED), a vis-cxoiacs os oy: aan Oe aM MeUee Gee eae eaRE ee aul re Remarks upon the habitat of Bipalium kewense ........ 258 On the Characters and Variations of Pontaster tenuispinis. (Plate XXVI.) Remarks upon the occurrence of Bipalium kewense in one of the warm houses at Straffan House, Kildare .......... 542 Notice of a Memoir entitled “ Description of a remarkable new Cidaris from Mauritius” .......... cersececvcvess O40 v Page Benuam, W. Buaxuanp, D.Sc. (Lond.), Aldrichian Demon- strator in Anatomy in the University of Oxford. Descriptions of Three new Species of Earthworms. (Plates WETS SV ELES i c.\ie)a <r AO Axictsia ys el ea toe ee 2 on wee Beruepscu, Hans, Graf von, C.M.Z.S., and SrotzMAnn, JEAN. Résultats des recherches ornithologiques faites au Pérou gee PORT UMAWHEN, occ’ cs oe n Wee sean neces cess, OME Buanrorp, W1Lu1AM Tuomas, F.R.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S., &c. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two heads and a skin Of CHG; Sark Atte NORE Series asians os as « depls omey PLL Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a Wild Camel obtained in Eastern Turkestan .............-ceeesecees 370 Boxav, Hernrica, Ph.D., Director of the Hamburg Gardens, C.M.ZS. On Specimens of Haliaetus pelagicus and H. branickii now living in the Zoological Gardens of Hamburg ........ 173 BovuLencGer, GeorGE ALBERT, F.Z.S. Third Account of the Fishes obtained by Surgeon-Major A.S. G. Jayakar at Muscat, East Coast of Arabia ...... 134 On Lucioperca marina, C.& V. (Plate XXV.) ...... 4ll1 An Account of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Mr. C. Hose on Mt. Dulit, Borneo. (Plates XXIX. & XXX.) 505 Notice of a Memoir describing the remains of an extinct gigantic Tortoise from Madagascar ..........--.+eee+0- 581 Description of a new Blennioid Fish from Kamtschatka.. 583 Brinp ey, H. H., M.A., St. John’s College, Cambridge, and Bateson, W., M.A., F.Z.S., &e. On some cases of Variation in Secondary Sexual Characters, Btatisiically.examined ....... 222% 22% * Sere Cee Pare 585 vi Burne, R. H., B.A., F.Z.S., Anatomical Assistant at the Royal College of Surgeons of England. On the Presence of a Branchial Basket in Myvine gluti- Page mosd.. (Plate SLVEES) cols gtr Seer’ 706 Butter, ARTHUR GARDINER, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Sandakan, N.E. Boreas Ces Vile) os hc area ok 4 S's a:ppecaerteees etek 120 Butter, GERARD W., B.A., F.Z.S. On the Subdivision of the Body-cavity in Snakes. (Plate 2p LU arte Se 0 Ss oy ae RO ee ee SZ 477 CocKkERELL, T. D. A., F.Z.S. Communication from, containing an account of the occur- rence of a specimen of the Jacana (Jacana spinosa) in Jamaica........ Lea ee Coutett, Prof. Ropert, C.M.Z.S8. On a new Monkey from North-east Sumatra. (Plate 5.10, Me eR Se ee NE RN 613 Cooker, Rev. A. H., M.A., F.Z.S., Fellow and Assistant-Tutor of King’s College, Cambridge. On the Geographical Distribution of the Land-Mollusca of the Philippine Islands, and their Relations to the Mollusca of the neighbouring Groups .... . 447 CorpEaux, Joun. See Newron, ALFRED. Dawson, Dr. Georce M.,; C.M.G., F.R.S., F.G.S. Remarks on the Fur-Seal of Alaska, and Exhibition of a Series of Photographs illustrating the attitudes and mode of life of these Animals Ce ee MM er ew Oly en vii Drucr, Hamitron H., F.E.S. A List of the Lycenide of the South Pacific Islands east of the Solomon Group, with Descriptions of several new Species. (Plate XXVII.) Etwes, Henry J., F.L.S., F.Z.S. On Butterflies collected by Mr. W. Doherty in the Naga and Karen Hills and in Perak.—Part II. (Plates XLIII. & Finn, Frank, B.A., F.Z.S. Remarks upon his recent zoological excursions to Zanzibar. Gapow, Hans, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Strickland Curator and Lecturer on Advanced Morphology of Vertebrata in the University of Cambridge. On the Classification of Birds’. 2’... sccceccescccevs On the Systematic Position of Notoryctes typhlops...... Abstract of a Memoir on the Remains of some gigantic Land-Tortoises, and of Didosaurus, recently discovered in NVERIEIUIS © Crier ote ceerareve chanel GAieie deb evsmanrew clits ode He Gapow, Hans, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c., and Newron, Sir Epwarp, K.C.M.G., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S. Abstract of a Memoir on some bones of the Dodo and other extinct Birds of Mauritius, recently obtained by Mr. PED OTEL SANACE event cs le sca's, octet ors ete hate esate. sc-einte 7 Gauan, C. T., M.A., and Goruam, The Rev. H. S., F.Z.S. On the Coleoptera collected by Mr. W. Bonny in the Aruwimi Valley, Central Africa ..........-++- seseee ce Gopwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e. On new Species and Varieties of the Land-Molluscan Genus Diplommatina from the Garo, Naga, and Munipur Hill-ranges, Agsam .. .. wee cerccnce cocncesscevacens Page »2. 434 617 543 229 361 665 943 90 509 Viil Goruam, The Rev. H. S., F.Z.S. Descriptions of Coleoptera collected by Mr. John Whitehead on Kina Balu, Borneo.—Families Hispide, Erotylide, Endo- mychide, Lycide, Lampyride, &e. (Plate IV.) Goruam, The Rev. H.S., F.Z.S., and Gauan, C. T., M.A. On the Coleoptera collected by Mr. W. Bonny in the Atuwmnir Valley, Central Afried <7. sr. ..)<.. ss mins aime eine eae Grecory, J. W., F.Z.S. Notice of a Memoir giving an account of his researches on the British Paleorene Bry ozee .< s'. 5. <los'ge oe seme wae ciee Grounp, THomas. See Scuater, Poitie LutTiey. GinruHer, Ausert C, L. G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians trans- mitted by Mr. H. H. Johnston, C.B., from Nyassaland. gle. @.@.4 RNB). @.0.@ Fy cere eRe er eter : Guppy, R. J. Lecumers, C.M.Z.S. Note on Bulimus oblongus...... ccc seceeeees pare Sti : Hampson, G. F., B.A. Oxon., &c. On Stridulation in certain Lepidoptera, and on the Dis- tortion of the Hind Wings in the Males of certain Ommato- ORIN. Sete fies, sv ks “ah. oe nid « § glone tera alas ierese aie Poi Hartert, Ernst. Exhibition of a series of Birds’ Eggs associated with Eges of Cuculus canorus, and remarks upon the mimicry of Cuckoos’ Eges) Sek teuede sea Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two new Mammals from Dutch New Guinea, and a stuffed specimen of Apteryex BAPUINE Sea Ow aig eae HORN wee PR ate ERR ee Ae ON aE Page 83 90 477 555 271 188 1x Page Hickson, Sypney J., D.Sc., F.Z.S. Abstract of a Memoir, entitled ‘“‘ A Revision of the Genera of the Alcyonaria Stolonifera, with Description of one new Genus and several new Species” .. .. 2.2... ee eee ce eee 594 Howes, G. B., F.Z.S., F.L.S., Assistant Professor of Zoology, Royal College of Science, London. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Photographs, received from Prof. Parker, illustrative of Sea-Lions, Penguins, and Albatrosses in their native haunts ..........-.. 00 eeee 476 Jacosy, Martin, F.E.S. Descriptions of some new Genera and new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera from Madagascar, (Plate XX XIX.) 564 JENTINK, Dr. F. A., F.M.Z.S. Letter from, referring to additional specimens of the Bush-rat (Pithechir melanurus) .......0.0 cece eee eeaee 2 Kent, W. Savittxe, F.Z.S. &e. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Photographs of Podargus strigoides, showing the strange attitudes of these EATS rh ee AVA ACAD sr Pes os rai xe bx win wie! Saminlo’ais sis ee >, Ae Kerr, J. GRAHAM. Remarks on the late Captain John Page’s Expedition up thomipsEmcomayar. eps. s 28. Adee PL eee eas 174 Litrorp, Lorp, F.Z.S. Letter from, on the breeding of Demidoff’s Galago in PUPUIVALY ga sect 24 ea ats Ped weet oe a UR Era 542 LypEKKER, Ricuarp, B.A., F.G.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S. On a remarkable Sirenian Jaw from the Oligocene of Italy, and its bearing on the Evolution of the Sirenia .......... Whe On Zeuglodont and other Cetacean Remains from the Tertiary of the Caucasus. (Plates XXXVI-XXXVIII.).. 558 Meyer, Dr. A. B., C.M.ZS. Letter from, containing remarks upon a Specimen of Semnopithecus nemeus from Hainan .......... 2.000005 NewrTon, Atrrep, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cambridge. Exhibition of, on behalf of Mr. John Cordeaux, and remarks upon the skin of an immature example of Sylvia misoria, shot in Yorkshire... .......2-2200+ ceeeeeccan es Newton, Sir Epwarp, K.C.M.G., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S8., and Gapow, Hans, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. Abstract of a Memoir on some bones of the Dodo and other extinct Birds of Mauritius, recently obtained by Mr. AMMVAOU OTERO AUZICIN: sire ures la Me, uote Cotte ha oo a ote anete Pocock, R. Innes, Assistant Natural History Museum. On the Myriopoda and Arachnida collected by Dr. Anderson in Algeria and Tunisia ........ . RepreNnBACHER, Prof. J.. and WATTENWYL, C. BRUNNER VY. On the Orthoptera of the Island of St. Vincent, West Indies, (Plates XV, =X VIM.) 5. scien s)-.s a ee be 6 aeteee Romanes, Grorce Joun, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Remarks on some results recently obtained from the Cross- breeding of Ratsand Rabbits. 5 2 ./cwicteat ences meee ee Rotuscuitp, The Hon. Water, F.Z.S. Descriptions of two new Mammals from New Guinea.... Scuaus, Wiuiu1AM, F.Z.S. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera from Brazil, Mexico, and Peru.u—Part I............... Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera from Brazil, Mexico, and Peru.—Part II, .............. Page 542 543 24 196 476 545 Lavan /2 xi Page Scrater, Painie Lutyey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in November and December 1891..........-.....00 ences 1 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in BRO ET ee ee ea a ee ee Pree ety Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the egg and young of the Partridge Bronze-wing Pigeon (Geophaps scripta) .. 76 On a small Collection of Mammals brought by Mr. A. Sharpe from Nyassaland ................... On a New Antelope from Somaliland, and on some other Specimens of Antelopes from the same Country. (Plate V.) 98 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some “ Spinning” or af Aap oA. a Fists eT Dn ve ie Vs cacies dled 117 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of mounted heads of Antelopes belonging to Capt. Swayne, including Bile Oh Lala RUIN, Salat sey weno 's op ee Ved. ET 117 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in EMR Oe re ota taeda it ssn pasos eet wate se 174 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of the Wild Ass of Somaliland (Hquus asinus somalicus) ..............4. 195 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in March 1892, and list of Giraffes that have lived in the Sonia MES Saha: cig psicisl Oe ivirad a » 14:5) ci oie tle bidahe ole sje’ DOG Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two mounted heads of Swayne’s Antelope (Bubalis swaynei) .........2.....05. 257 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in LRN CR a Ar meee ete eee Utne OO Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a nearly perfect egg of ESI ASPMMCSTRES V7, oiSS's gen eg nasa 8) oT SE eysie rae ales a t/o sale Wola le 299 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in MORN cto pl cranes + Wow inde encase cacy SAID» «63h» noe . 470 Remarks on interesting Animals observed during a visit to the Zoological Gardens of Rotterdam, the Hague, PTCLGaIN ANC JANICWEED oie nee =o tas a... eislth tel <is's's Wes 471 xii Remarks upon the habits of a South-African Snake (Dasypeltis scabra) .. 1... eve cece cen e ence eeeeneeee Extracts from a letter from Mr. H. H. Johnston, an- nouncing the despatch of specimens from the Shiré Highlands: 55%... .satisee. aise’ ta Aeon eh Staee On a Collection of Birds from the Island of Anguilla, Westeindies 9. i320 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June, July, August, and September, 1892.......... STs, ae Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in October 1892, and description of a new Monkey of the Genus Cercopithecus. (Plate XL.)...... 0... -0+eeeeeee Exhibition of, on behalf of Thomas Ground, and remarks upon a specimen of the Siberian Pectoral Sandpiper shot on Breydon mudflats, Norfolk ............ Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in November 1892, <a: Pewee s oo eee sees Pte SciaterR, Wiitu1amM Luttey, M.A., F.Z.S., &. On some Specimens of Frogs in the Indian Museum, Cal- cutta, with Descriptions of several new Species. (Plate Srersoum, Henry, F.ZS., F.L.S., &e. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, four examples of Picus richardsi from the Island of Tsu-sima .............- ++. On an apparently undescribed Pheasant from the Province of Zarafshan in Central Asia...... Saree, R. Bowpuer, LL.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S. : Descriptions of some new Species of Timeliine Birds from West Africs...f(Plate ka) 4: 3s Sak a ph a ar Smiru, Enear A., F.Z.S. On the Land-Shells of St. Helena. (Plates XXI. & ¢.4 1 9 errr remem me haeer ea) > aeee Page 541 579 341 195 270 xili Page SowersBy, Georce BretrincuaM, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Descriptions of Seven new Species of Land-Shells from the U.S. of Colombia. (Plate XXIII.).................... 296 Sressine, Rev. Tuomas R. R., M.A. Abstract of a Memoir entitled “ Descriptions of nine new Species of Amphipodous Crustaceans from the Tropical PRELIM fy eee aeeee wires iat aide nc ow sew oeehed se + « 665 Srirtine, Prof. E. C., M.A., M.D. Cartab., C.M.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the new Australian Marsupial (Notoryctes typhlops) .......... no Stotzmann, Jean, and Beruerscu, Hans, Graf von, C.M.Z.S. Résultats des recherches ornithologiques faites au Pérou SN Recait Me rasa oi wn no in.sip avin ooh ne nena, OTE Swayne, H. G. C., Capt. R.E., C.M.Z.S. Field-Notes on the Antelopes of Northern Somaliland .. 300 Tuomas, OLpFIELp, F.Z.S., Natural-History Museum. On the Species of the Hyracoidea. (Plate III.)........ 50 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted head of an apparently new East-African Antelope (Oryx callotis). PIES BLN 2 I oe in el Magen 195 On some Mammals from Mount Dulit, North Borneo. Girirce eV NU Ie Yo te, I ey 221 On the probable Identity of certain Specimens, formerly in the Lidth de Jeude Collection, and now in the British Museum, with those figured by Albert Seba in his ‘The- TOES Till a a aE aie bale ght de Pa 309 On the Antelopes of the Genus Cephalolophus ........ 413 On the Insectivorous Genus Echinops, Martin, with Notes on the Dentition of the allied Genera .................. 500 xiv On Mammals from Nyassaland,... 1... 05.0.0 ee eee ee Description of a new Monkey of the Genus Semnopithecus from Northern Borneo. (Plate XLI.).........000+. 000 582 Tomson, ArTHuR, Head-Keeper of the Society’s Menagerie. Report on the Insect-house for 1891 .... Wartrenwyt, C. Brunner y., and REDTENBACHER, Pro- fessor J. On the Orthoptera of the Island of St. Vincent, West indies. (Plates XV —XVIT). ns > ah acl yale ee teteaele Woopwarp, A. Smirn, F.Z.S., of the British Museum (Natural History). Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of the sup- posed jaws and teeth of Bothriolepis...........+2...0005 Woopwarp, M. F., Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal College of Science, London. On the Milk-Dentition of Procavia (Hyrax) capensis and of the Rabbit (Lepus cuniculus), with Remarks on the Re- lation of the Milk and Permanent Dentitions of the Mam- malian. (Plate 2), x5 050.588. Description of an Abnormal Earthworm possessing Seven Pairs, of, Ovaries... (Plate, KLLL;). <A icaiatst. 4s ateie siiebatels SA Woopwarp, R. B., F.G.S., F.R.M.S. On the Mode of Growth and the Structure of the Shell in Velates conoideus, Lamk., and other Weritide. (Plates: ©. 0.4 Be. 6. 2 Th errr eo peter gn tet. Wrieut, Professor R. Ramsay, F.Z.S. Letter from, enclosing photographs of the heaps of skulls of the American Bison collected on the Saskatchewan Plains. 193 196 118 38 - 184 528 76 LIST OF PLATES. 1892. Plate Page I, New. Tunisian: Reptiles ..ccovessscscecrecessrnevses 8 I. Milk-dentition of Hyrav and Lepus.......ssccseeeves 38 TH, Skull of Procavia pallida wccccscscccccsvvcccseneees 50 IV. Coleoptera from Kina Balu ......cceeeee erences 83 V. Head of Bubalis swaynet wscscccsecsececcececcncees 98 VI. Lepidoptera from Sandakan ...i...ceceeeeeeeneeeves 120 Fay New Species of Harthworms .......seseseeeeeeeens .. 136 IX. Species of Perich@ta ..scsscscescerscvcacsscreses 153 X. Anatomy of Perichata 22. .cccccsesssovecsscreces sir} New Ophiuroids .......s0csseesteeeeeeeseeesenaens 175 XIII, Earthworm with supernumerary ovaries ......-+.+.+++ 184 EDV 5 aL OTUT COMER 5 «aco, u/o:a\n 0's 0/4) © oNRie. oye iofnyns oid ale tivisiaip, of6 (vie'e 195 XV. XVI.} Orthoptera of St. Vincent ........esereerenees ony xa 196 XVIL.J KVL. Hemigale hoset..cccrcscrsscceressnccusssocesess 29] XIX. Skulls of Bornean Mammals ........-....-seeeees XxX. fa iL. Amaurocichla DOCU UTE sia soit ev) oo 1a\\slpra 4j-1>\ 297 - Fig. 2. Turdinus moloneyanus ssccveevceeecrecvees : ae BEES HelieraBEe Clclerak ys, ¢<sccsha scone vine ne ore ek 258 XXIII. New Shells from U. 8. of Colombia ..........0e0seee- 296 _ KXIV. Indian Frogs ....ccscceceecceecsccscnrsescreceecs 341 XXV. Lecioperca marina ciccicesecevccsceeerecesecnences 411 XXVI. Variations of Pontaster tenwispinis ...+..eereeeeeeres 430 XXVII. Lycenide from the South Pacific.....-sssesseeeeeees 434 , XXVIII. Body-cavity of Snakes ....cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Re 7) XXIX. Varanus heteropholis ..ccecercveceseccvecreevenes XxX a 1. Rhacophorus dulitensts ..seeeercverereeenes 505 " | Fig. 2. Nectophryne hostt .ssseveveceveves saat ps6 ; et Structure of Neritina, Velates, KC. .ss.eeesees ty ees Xvi Plate Page T. \ Fig. 1. Lygodactylus angularis ss. .sceseeeseeenes ~ cae | Fig. 2. Chameleon isabellinus ... 0. se eeeneeeeees | -ry, | Fig. 1. Rhampholeon platyceps \ XIV. ig yp AY CODES nnd Neier tater 555 semis Fig. 2. R. brachyurus.....scevccccscvcccccusees ( XXXV. Psammophylax variabilis ....... solesie es errr, XXXVI. XXXVII. Cetacean Remains from the Caucasus ......++++0+++ 508 XXXVIII. XXXIX. New Phytophagous Coleoptera from Madagascar .... 564 XL. ~ Cercopithecus statrsi wc cecese tees ee neneeeeerenes 580 XLI. Semnopithecus everetticccccscccccceccneceenceenees 582 XLII. Semnopithecus thomast ....eceeecevseerenes secenemerees XLIL. re ee XLIV New Asiatic Butterflies ..........4 Male vise one pated eat 617 XLV. New Species of Earthworms.—Moniligaster ....1- XLVI. | New Species of Earthworms.—Benhamia, Acantho-} 666 drilus, Microdrilus, Eudriloides ...... ABy sbi Ered XLVIL. Structure of Myzine glutinosa .scccccseveseesveees 106 LIST OF WOODCUTS. 1892. Page Brachydesmus insculptus, 8th tergite ......ccecececeecccceceees 27 rr copulatory foot, external and internal view. 27 Redeaar segments of Microscoler poultoni ............0ccceecees 33 Penial seta of MAcrOseler POUNCE Fe Pages oa esc ss sjnect ss cccnd ae 34 Map showing the distribution of the species of Procavia .......... 58 The third and fourth left upper milk-molars of a young Prorastoma EER ORE CTIBE fo. na, obese fniaierie Se jana aime aie ates ole ove Ve 8 koala als AMS The third left upper molar of Merycopotamus dissimilis .......... 79 SmleaB UN eatyc A212: SAL TILED wa tohela apne Gieictuliuratato ares o! NIRS w eis Seed ee Re 99 lead Ob Lathocrantws Wallert. ....c.01ebierves ole cae saves Ses teeer te ao LOL Reet OL Oniniataphocd TOskH. i. weeds 86s voles eee c¥oes Se ne lO7 PBUH OL PE ROCR: GT CTIAMALCHN alias «) eres delete sla'ee Cale v Ca he eo Sa’ ec 108 Bein! CRIMES MAGES DU. Dai. 2 WEL aN A Gs Biss cw bles DOA we ewe was 109 SE OE FNAME HS GPCUUEIUD soa. n.0:c.0 mss sisine ole ¥:0 ears me'e'd'd vie dled 110 Reeth OF PLO MLELG JAUANICH <cisic aie Zre\ 5 oe! ayeiels aie 0/0 <0 sis's aivlelee wlere 112 Teeth of Rhinoptera, sp. iC..........2+00 Ber TCE EMR RCE Foe 112 Best UO Lie CCLCR MLNUIURRUS' Motels ai6is.0 Siaie tie be sve ele bale vse «casts se 113 Seal learidahorna Of Markind Stae.es. asisa vie nels en cveesee cease ven 116 Egocera tripartita, fore leg and fore Wing ............0ceecceees 189 BET CELESTE CREST AUy SOTO WANE, \o'<!<ig cies 0. 6.0 89's sb eo sie seaeernares 190 Ageronia arethusa, base of fore wing and part of thorax .......... 191 Patula and Argiva, hind wing ........ Be Ree nori nn ORCORM IMO R? Seti LIISA NTT: . cinsie ciow'y voices saivc ad sun vaveevaises 192 Arora heroglyphicd, Hind WIDE... ees. cic ccecsesssecescvcece Lower mandible of Indian Darter, to illustrate the rudimentary RUPEES. ope obdieccm dG on ope OO opine: tay HE CIIOn COC ae ear cac tiene 293 peinmtieniary viscera of Indian Darter... 2.6 ..2000secsseweceens 294 Genital segments of Kerria halophila, as seen on a dissection ...... 357 Ventral surface of Kerria halophila, to show generative apertures .. 360 Diagrammatic illustrations of the cluacal arrangement of Notoryctes and other Mammals .......... erect J edecodinateod odhgnise 364 Head of Xenospingus concolor ....c cece ee ee reneeee aac on eee 376 lend! of Mrs haunowslett, |B Die s.'e<0- + a's 0 + 40.0 close dele cies *10 . 379 Diagram showing the relative proportions of the arms of Pontaster LCRVES TUTE e Lap PLDUYTOLOS wi etaig olen dls 0/0 ioieln oo eleleiedee s|s ein = 431 Proc. Zooxu. Soc.—1892. b xviii Page Map illustrating the Geographical Distribution of the Land-Mollusca of the Philippine Islands ........... atatelalerars’sietaveteheie eeteteKers . 455 Hypocolius ampelinus, SQ svccecscncvenrereeeeneenenens iene Palate of Aulacodus, to illustrate the ss upon the hard palate .. 525 Brain of Aulacodus, viewed from above .......ee cere cece eee eees 526 Blenniophidium petropauli vvcscccccnecevecsseveneeeseeerenes 584 Forficula auricularia, the Common Earwig. Low male and high THA) -6 aatgO. ab ote Gk Eoiataoye «isin ole, oPayece) singe aie olnyete, ctekegeieeeen 587 Diagram showing frequency of occurrence of forceps of various lengths in male Earwigs (F. auricularia) 6... eee eect e ee ees 588 Diagrams of Xylotrupes gideon, 3, seen from side. High male, medium TAALG ALG PO yp ALC) </- cis'a crctelscets chelistayarsueaissetene referents 590 Diagram showing frequency of various lenethis of the cephalic horns In-AylOerupes GULCOM US elute < ie. Fs welnia\s|s she's om welefale vie «ss « sine 591 Table of frequency of elytra of various lengths in Xylotrupes gideon, § 592 Table of frequency of various lengths of mandible in Lucanus cervus, hive din eis w EMAIL Eas ae, Sratoer feats Hy po ratalecen Melo et helenae ena 593 Brain) of, Caprami/s prior tdes | Asc .alete afi clei gy2] ie viele elel slsle ol shel ose» O98 Brain of Lagostomus. trichodactylus voc. eccseseececseenceeeens ~. 599 Brain, of Dasyprociaxarar@ yeitete nels (cle tate = oho n/n! ofela cle fells Sha she 602 Brain Of (Ccelo geri s act. xeon ass jeecsupeiet ie eho wae). clock ol cue Toate tae 604 Brain: of Dolichotzs Papag nied. ater wyeksso.-/-)-) isla oieinir cle ele fal alent 608 Brain of Aulacodus, Viewed from above .........cececccsvereses 611 Brain of Rabbit, showing abnormal development of conyolutions .. 612 Segments bearing atrial and sperm-duct pores in a number of Acan- IC TLORWCTITGS i, sve cvnuate-oreiavoter'e) pavotos Neverator ons oe, o tava ates ak eee ees a 669 Octochetus thomasi, dissected to show the principal organs ....... . 673 3 MAY 1898 LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, TuE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London ‘are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “‘ Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien- tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark- able species of animals described in them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part published in April completing the volume for the preceding year. The “ Transactions” contain such of the more important communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are issued at irregular intervals. Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni- versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of five pounds. The following is a complete list of the publications of the Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller. [April, 1893.] pp TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 4to. 12 vols. and 5 Parts. Price to Price to the Fellows. Public. sred. ss ta: Vol. _I., containing 59 Plates .. (1833-35) .... 313 6. 418 O* Vol. Il. (le ee 83541)" Oe 105. 5 6 6* Vol. IIl., - G3io cs te C18 42-49). ec eens 411 0* Vol. LVicy ” 77 ” oe 1851-62 ) eeee (Oy Pt 8 2 6 Vol. v., + 67. 52 nk (S62-66)@..5.008 KOR Eee 619 0O Viole Vil Py Ce) toh ee =69) «cc. Ll 5 00 eld OO Vol. VIL., i TO Meehan GLS69=72) ie a AOA On: 13 12 0 Vol. VILI., oe 82 User (1872-74) PoE ONT: dao TN da 1211 0 Wile TX; Mee 99. ho) oCIBI6-I7) .4... 12? 1 8 aa ae Viol? =e; 3 OP loo lye) aria ee Gis 13: v7" Index, Vols. I1.-X........+.20005 (1833279) occnnOlon aBm. 010 0 Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates .. (1880-85) .... 92:0. a LZ GRO) Vol. XII., OGD estan LOOU=OU)! celal cO: POmm Oars 7 4 0 Volxohi Biel 4, Be eran TOOL ineen Onl one 110 a te pee 2 gS aaa TENT). 2c) “Opa nea 59 a Pte3? 35 6 Be ers (Oct. 189) 75 Oi LS eOhe 140 i Patek: 4-Mindied: Gc pic (pS 1892)... 046. 06 0 5 ahd bas Ouees Os ete 4(Hebi 893) tyr Ole ain 0. 15540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. Price to Price to the Fellows. Public. Partol. W30-312 avole Sor... cages ere «cae ss As. Gadiy se) 6s Py UG aes ye GM ada eaterets cust cial evererctats As: iGdiat es. pe Ose PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.) Priceto Price to the Price to Price to the Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d... 6s.t | Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s. = II. 1834. 5 4s. 6d. .. 6s. os X. 1842. 55 4s. 6d... 6s. dle G6ap. ~ 45, 2 4a. Gd, <0 Gs, 3 KE 184820", eh eeeea ay | Won Isley 3 4s, 6d... 6s. » XIE. 1844. A 4s. 6d... 6s. an OS eeei Le - Cds, GakcusiGs, jy MEIN -1845.j.<,, . ) 4es@daeeae Pe Vineet 4g: 6d, cibe: » XIV. 1846. ,, 4s. 6d. .. 6s.t » VII. 1839. fr 4s. 6d. .. 6s. >» XV. 1847. 53 4s. 6d... 68. », VIII. 1840. 35 4s. 6d. .. 6s.¢ | Index 1830-1847. & 4s. 6d. .. 6s. 8vo. 18 vols. and Index. (Second Series.) Letterpress only. With Plates coloured. Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public, s. ad, £ s. d. Part XVI. 1848. WyoljSvords. Gd... 68. ca.5..0> 10 8 N= 167 y XVII. 1849. a5 ASA OMA TW eo IOS so ter or cases 1 0 8 L 7 26F » X¥VIII. 1850. Pe 4s. 6d. Gs. SSR tnt 1 8 6 118 Of ” XIX. 1851. Hs AgHOUse at a HOSS. eae 015 9 A 2OF ” XX. 1852. AH Ass Gas 55 x) iGSegn satay os 015 9 1 1 Of ” XXI. 1853. Ay AgModeny | ROSS vrratewns 018 0 1 4 Of » XXII. 1854. i ASHGG erat. tet OSs, pate hie dais 019 6 1 6 OF » AAXIII. 1855. Bp ASG os OR Ws, vane 1 8 6 118 Of ye KATY. 1866 “e Rote. ftGg, Eee 10 8 7 St eg eee Vs) L8D/. ny 476d. 4.' (Gai Beak jae. 1 D8 Le, Zao 9 X8XVI. 1858. ee AshGdee ST MGS taterere eles 111 6 222 0F » XXVIII. 1859. 9 Ast Gaes 2 1G8i4 tates actors 111 6 2 2 Of » XXVIII. 1860. ASyGder o2 cu Ose aera 111 6 2 12> OF Index 1848-1860. , 48.6d. .. 68. * No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print. 3 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 30vols. and 3 Indices. Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured, With Plates coloured. Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public, WSGl reds! Gd.5 5.5 68). ...o00 9s, aie aL DSs Seeie si OOS OM aaa 40a" 18625 246 6d, 3) 168) occas 9s, eer Oat tee © 33s. 9d. .... 45s. USGS As. Od seis 68a. ays. > 9s. ere) i MOS Heo soled OSS ELS, AS: LCT ey 7 Ae 9s. Pata, «UaSabyoinitaes 3as. 9d. .... 45s WSGnt.. 4s..6d, 6c > HOS) cree 0% 9s, Mcvelen MoS Riser 1 OOS OU. pa AOS NAGGh 4ecOd. 225. 688s. ess « 9s. Aer ietal 0 Roan 308. 9d. ... 45s. MERE erates Nace eta bane cote cre lbs bi 9s. Oe PD See Sea SosNOW. loca oss IBGBO retest coca as Us cole. 9s, Revie La pean ras. Odie acres REGO SPs bie Tesi ha becca se 9s, Bite ADs hah Goan: teh OS! WSAORE dee aesis die avlvrtiits wrecker 9s, Ar eT oie es FISH IEs o/aies OSS rae ERG L USF Oi Secctatcs mettre. 461 Gd; 4 oe.) . OS: Se a A ihe Cee 9s 2S Re cst ecOS Gs woh teas 18/2 Brassis civ aiaverucke och etme arenacee 9s 12s,*, 33s. 9d. .... 45s LS/3). cs ay AIRE ARE c Cae 9s 13a 33s. 9d. .... 45s MST Re wee cl ctn 8 ube ain'as eres ees harmaelons 9s 12s.+ 36s 48s.t Maer e teiteceiiceieates caters ke bec 9s 12s, 36s 48s LOVERS GAMES amc hace Fr 9s BO eps verccs «is 36s 1oae48s Be P/es tee ikanels scthceac kane. 9s 12s. 36s 48s DS St ac an tists lace SUAS ree 9s, ee eh os: ee i OSs Abs 4855 ak Bsr RaTS Stee Bae adele veya'e sree hg 9s, Pee ees is «aii: o oe kOORY ae ciety eesti cteleinve nus elevate, cleigtaw ead 9s. aie MSs ayatssts we OOSs sie hin, 408s Ines, USBZI=VSSO dh cies wae aces 45: Gd ie. sv. Gs. USER tec piermdetnm oieter a tite» bier si 9s. OEE ALC OE tA 36s. AB oh tele Reis ce sstela severe liate erase ovaries 9s. Ree oe NaS sak hays mee! Rs pease PS chic aiats cpini sola Gi'h ec otty a(6 accor 9s. SA od Vee 36s, ynaetose Llc lS Pe Br ie ee ae ee ao 9s. At Re ul, 36s. vere 408: SSO) i aieissc:015 8 2.6 eae Etter s 9s, Hole Las) otic re Os: Sects? 408 SS alana wiciaote ee ee ab wvie tats 9s. iid MOSe. dchooks WOR teas 408: NES Fees ils Ubiatals claivet deeb oe 9s, A a oy ee 36s. Me ei 4OSs SOSH iN wedeaastes sativa 9s. PARADE ann se 36s. soed 485, ate Laer ele yale. ieixiaa wile’ s sina tres 9s, OSes Bek Sos Pome stn GOD ee atrelsiteisca cle avelreile ts Saxe 95% fate Se rate vielen OURS sce ASS: Index, 1g81- TS DO T iatetavtarele aca’ ABO, c's.) G8: * No perfect copies in stock. + Out of print. PROCEEDINGS or tux GENERAL ‘MEETINGS - FOR on SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS or raz ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Price to Price to the Fellows. Public. Meena net a ee ere lar sion era cloud cigs ay Bichineveerh ane «Sar Sainalaage SOS ee 4 AOS: Re ernraeb be ein, Ga Mes) ) i cg akel o)li aden nce overs Osta aloes Ns eee eee an UMAL PATI’) 9 | s:o12 syaishare ds -ciemerayece ais hie beletene SSo ree cuallAse Mes ioee eee eh (MERU TOG IALIC) cis:n creyaiate,o ikvsbe.asd Fis 1oysintaV eho lots OSs, empress 39 mma sa UNO vitec, LIE.) 9! Ses caine sectoaeeys «a scieete OSia rs en LOS: . LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (First Edition.) 8vo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d. List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d. List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London, (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price Is. 6d. List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d. 4 Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.) 8vo. 1872. Price 2s. Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement, containing Additions received in 1872, 1878, and 1874. 8vo. 1875. Price 1s. List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth. 8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d. List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth. 8yo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d. List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con- taining Additions received in1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d, List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1883, Price 3s. 6d, THe ZootocicaL RECORD. The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1885. Twenty-two volumes. Price £5 10s. The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-third of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 10s., Net. The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-fourth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1888. Price10s., Net. The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-fifth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E. Brepparp, M.A., F.Z.S., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the Zoological Society of London: Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 10s., Net. The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-sixth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E, Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Dayis Lecturer to the Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1890. Price 10s., Net. The Zoological Record for 1890 ; being Volume the Twenty-seventh of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E, BepparD, M.A., F.Z.8., Prosector and Davis Lecturer to the Zoological Society of London. Cloth, 8vo. 1892. Price 30s. The Zoological Record for 1891 ; being Volume the Twenty-eighth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Davin Suarp, Esq., M.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Cloth 8vo. 1892. Price 30s. Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London, (Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s, These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s Orrice (3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row, £.C.), or through any bookseller. THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, Tus Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir Homrnrey Davy, Bart., Sir Sramrorp Rarries, and other eminent individuals, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829. During the period which has elapsed since the opening of the Gardens in the Regent’s Park in 1828, a very large number of species of Mammats, Brrps, and Reprizs has been obtained, detailed lists of which will be found in the published Catalogues of the Collection. To these were added, in 1852, collections of Fisuxs and of the Lower Aquatic Anmats, both marine and freshwater, and in 1881 a House for the breeding and exhibition of Insects and other Articulata. Patroness. HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN. GiceBatron. HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES, K.G. COUNCIL. PROF. W. H. FLOWER, C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., President. | Dr. Epwarp Hamttron. E. W. H. Hoxtpsworrn, Ese. Cot, Leonarp H. Irsy. | Lr.-Gey. Str H. B. Lumspen, K.C.8.1. Dr. St. Georcr Mrvarz, F.R.S., Vice-President. ProFessor ALFRED Newron, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President. OsBERT Satvin, Hsa., F.R.S., Witt1aM Bateson, Ese., M.A. Wi1uu =T. Branrorp, Esa., FE.RBS. | Cuar.es T. Buckiann, Esa. Henry E. Dresser, Esa. Cuartes Drummonp, Esa., Treasurer. Sir JosrepH Farrer, K.C.S.L, F.R.S., Vice-President. Tue Hon. J.S. Garnorne-Harpy, M.P. F, DuCane Gopmay, Esea., F.R.S., Vice-President. Lr.-Cot. H. H. Gopwitn-Atvsten, E.RB.S. Dr. Atsert Gintuer, F.R.S., Vice-President. Vice-President. Howarp SaunpDeErs, Ese. Pare Lourtey Sctater, Ese., M.A., Pu.D.,F.R.S., Secretary. Henry Sersoum, Ese. 2 The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws. The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m. till Sunset ; and the Offices and Library (3 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications should be addressed, from Ten till Five, except on Saturdays, when they close at Two o'clock p.m. The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m. The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and October, at half-past Hight o’clock p.m. The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m. TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS. - Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri- bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance, or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment, including the Admission Fee, being £35. Fexrows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected. PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS. Fettows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the entrance gate. Fetiows of the Society receive a Book of Saturday, and a Book of Sunday Orders. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on each Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the Saturday Orders are not available if the Frtiow uses his privilege of personally introducing two companions on the same day. Fettows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday Orders for Twenty Tickets, available for any day during the year of issue. The Book of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a similar packet of Twenty Tickets. These tickets will admit only one person, whether child or adult. 3 Fettows also receive Twenty Free Tickets (Green), each valid for the admission of one adult any day of the week including Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of Green Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one Adult’s. These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are available for following years. The Books of Orders and the Free Tickets are sent to all Fettows who shall have given a General Order for their delivery, on the Ist of January in every year, at any specified address. Forms for this purpose are supplied on application. The Wire of a Fettow can exercise all these privileges in his absence. Fettows have the privilege of receiving a complete set of the Society’s Publications on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of January and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Fxrttows are likewise entitled to purchase the Transactions and other Publications of ‘the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of 25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases ef Publications issued prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds. Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the 1st July in each year, but this privilege only holds good if the subscription is paid before the 1st of December following. Fettows may obtain, on the payment of One Guinea annually, an Ivory Ticker, which will admit a named person of their imme- diate family, resident in the same house with them, te the Gardens with One Companion daily. They may also obtain a TransFeRaBLe Ivory Ticker admitting Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship, on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds. Any Fettow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the + “ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of his annual contribution during such absence. Any Fettow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary. Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested to communicate with the undersigned. PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., Secretary. 3 Hanover Square, W., June st, 1892. The LIBRARY (under the superintendence of Mr. F. H. Water- HoUsE, Librarian) is open from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m.; on Saturdays to 2pm. It is closed in the month of September. PROCEEDINGS OF THE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS OF THE < : ; atl S al See January 5, 1892. Professor Newton, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. \" The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the nate Menagerie during the months of November and December 1891 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of November was 45, of which 20 were by presentation, 1 by birth, 15 by purchase, and 9 on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 91. Amongst these attention may be called to the four Spotted-billed Pelicans (Pelecanus muanillensis), received from Calcutta. This species, which is new to us, is a close ally of the African P. rufescens. When the birds come into full plumage we shall. be able to see how far they differ from their African relative. The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1891 were 82 in number. Of these 71 were acquired by presentation, 8 by purchase, and 3 by exchange. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and re- movals, was 74. Amongst these special attention may be called to the second specimen we have received of the Formosan Fruit-Bat (Péeropus morsus), of which the original specimen was received in January, 1873 (see P. Z.S. 1873, p. 192, pl. xxii"). The present example oe died Oct. 4, 1879, and was acquired by the British Museum. Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1892, No. I. 1 2 MR. E. HARTERT ON EGGS OF CUCULUS CANORUs. ([Jan. 9, was presented to the Society by Thomas Perkins, Esq., F.Z.S., Dec. Ist, 1891. Dr. E. C. Stirling, C.M.Z.S., exhibited some specimens of the new Australian Marsupial (Notoryctes typhlops), and gave a short account of the habits of this remarkable animal, as observed in a specimen recently kept in captivity by one of his correspondents. The following extract was read from a letter received by the Secretary from Dr. F. A. Jentink, F.M.Z.S., dated Leyden, 4th December, 1891 :— “In a paper published September 1890 (Notes from the Leyden Museum, p. 222) I called the attention of naturalists to the re- markable Bush-rat, Pithechir melanurus, from Java and Sumatra. The type of this black-tailed red Rat is a drawing in colours, by Duvaucel, reproduced in Cuvier's ‘ Mammiféres.’ No specimen of the Pithechir melanurus is in the Paris Museum, nor has it ever been observed by a naturalist, except by the late Dr. S. Miiller, who procured in 1834 two skins from Padang and Batavia for the Leyden Museum, where they are still preserved. I think it will highly interest the members of the Zoological Society to know that I have just received a postcard from Mr. Pasteur, of Batavia, announcing that he has in his possession a whole family (¢, 2 and young) of P. melanurus, captured in the neighbourhood of Batavia, which he intends to present to our Museum. Within a few weeks, I hope to get them, preserved in spirit, and to be able to give a more detailed description of the specimens and their skeletons &c.” Mr. Ernst Hartert exhibited 31 clutches of eggs of different birds’ eggs associated with eggs of Cuculus canorus, mostly collected by himself and reliable friends. He made remarks about the mimicry of the egg in the Cuculide, and observed that some of the Indian species of this family illustrate this fact much better than the European Cuckoo. - Although attempts had been made to prove the contrary, one individual female Cuckoo in his opinion always laid similarly coloured eggs. To prove this fact he called attention to several series of eggs that had apparently been laid by one female. In every case the eggs of the same female were entirely similar to each other in form, size, and colour. As a very remarkable fact Mr. Hartert mentioned that as regards the dark closed nests of the Common Wren uo adaptation of the egg of the Cuckoo to the eggs of the owner had ever been noticed. The following papers were read :— PZ so 1832 bie Peter Smit del. et lith. Minterr: Bros. imp. NEW TUNISIAN REPTILES. 1892.] | ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, ETC. FROM BARBARY. 3 1. On a small Collection of Mammals, Reptiles, and Batrachians from Barbary. By Jonn AnpeErson, M.D., LL.D., F.RB.S. [Received November 51, 1891.] (Plate I.) The Mammals, Reptiles, and Batrachians enumerated in the following notes were obtained either by myself in Algeria and Tunisia, or by my collector at Duirat, in the latter region, on the confines of Tripoli. But besides these, several species of Reptiles from the Sahara, purchased from a collector at Biskra’, are also included in the list. The specimens collected by me were acquired between December and the beginning of May, and those captured by my collector between the middle of May and the end of June.” The weather experienced in Algeria, in the winter and spring of 1889-90, was very unfavourable to collecting natural history speci- mens, and more especially reptiles. In Algiers itself, from the end of November until the 7th February, there was a succession of rainless intervals followed by protracted periods of wet weather accompanied with high winds, and so cold that fires were indis- pensable while the wet weather lasted. During these storms what fell as rain in the lower altitudes of the Tell, came down as snow on the Atlas and the high plateaux, a cold wind blowing from off their heights. On the 10th February I encountered snow a metre in depth on Mount Beni Salah (5379 ft.) above Blidah, at an elevation of about 1200 to 1500 ft. below the summit; and M. Lataste records that, on the 22nd April 1881, the rain and hail that fell at that elevation on this mountain prevented him from passing beyond the farm called La Glaciére, where snow is stored for use in summer at Algiers, ‘This bad weather was not confined to the neighbourhood of Algiers, because, while there, there were constant reports coming in of heavy snow in Kabylia, at Setif, Constantine, and Batna, and indeed over the high plateaux generally, these storms occasionally making themselves felt as far south as Biskra, whence it was reported 1 The localities in which the specimens had been captured were in every instance carefully noted on the bottles. 2 The following is a list of the localities visited by me, with the altitudes of some of them, and the date when I was at each :—Algiers, Noy.-7 Feb. ; Blidah, on the southern slope of the plain of the Metidji, 7th-12th Feb.; Hammam Rirha, 1800 ft., 12th-27th Feb.; Oran, 27th Feb.6th March; Tlem¢en, 2500 ft,, 6th-11th March; Oran, 11th-13th March; Milianah, 2400 ft., 13th- 19th March; Algiers, 19th-3lst March; Tizi Ouzou, 3lst March; Fort National, Kabylia, 3153 ft., Ist April; Tizi Ouzou, Ist-2nd April; Bordj Bouira, 2nd April ; Bougie, 3rd—5th April; Kharata, Chabet el Akhira, 1280 ft., 5th-8th April; Setif, 3573 ft., 8th-10th April; Constantine, 2093 ft., 10th— 15th April; Biskra, 360 ft., 15th-22nd April; Constantine, 22nd-23rd April ; Hammam Meskoutine, 23rd-28th April; Souk el Arba, plain of the Medjeida, Tunisia, 29th April ; Tunis, 30th April-12th May. 4 l 4 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, [Jan. 5, that a heavy fall of rain had caused the collapse of some of the mud- houses of that oasis. While at Tlemcen, in the beginning of March, after experiencing two delightful days of bright sunshine, during which lizards began to show themselves, we were driven from it by a storm of rain and sleet, accompanied by a biting wind from the south-west, the direction from which these storms generally came, that lasted for two days. About this period, the railways that run southwards from Oran to the Sahara were blocked with snow. At Oran the weather was equally unsettled, clear intervals of sunshine alternating with days of heavy rain. At Milianah, on the morning of the 18th March, we awoke to find the tops of the houses and the ground covered with snow, and, during a previous storm, towards the end of February, snow had fallen as low as Hammam R’irha. At Algiers we were delayed for thirteen days (19th March to 31st), waiting until the snow had disappeared from the mountain in Kabylia on which Fort National stands. At Kharata, at the head of the gorge Chabet el Akhira, we were storm-stayed for three days, as torrential rains, lasting for two days, had carried away parts of the road behind and in front of us. When we had arrived on the treeless plateau on which Setif stands, the frost was so intense on the morning (10th April) on which we left it, that every pool was frozen. The evening of the day following our arrival at Biskra, the wind rose with violence from the north accompanied by heavy rain which continued through the night and part of the next day. The Oued Biskra was so flooded by this storm from the Aures mountains, that the route to Sidi Okha which lies across it was closed for a day. My experience of an Algerian winter I was told was quite exceptional ; but, since my return to this country, I have studied with interest the reports of the weather experienced in Algeria last winter, and I fiad that it has been even more exceptional than the pre- vious winter. Snow fell in Algiers itself, and so heavily in Tunisia that aative houses broke down under its weight, while some deaths from cold were recorded. In the west also it was very severe, as some anxiety was felt, during cne of the storms, for an outlying village near Tlemgen which had become completely isolated, by reason of the snow that surrounded it. In connection with these observations on the winter climate of Algeria, I observe M. Lataste mentions the spring of 1881 was so little advanced by the middle of May, when he was at Bougie, that he was compelled to turn southwards. It was only when we had travelled as far west as Hammam Meskoutine, removed somewhat from the direct influence of the storms that come up from the Atlantic, that we began to experience genial weather and bright sunshine, under the influence of which snakes and lizards vegan to shake off the torpidity of winter, and by the time we had reached Tunis, 30th April, the heat in the sun had become so great that I abandoned the intention I had formed of going to Duirat, and sent my collector there instead. I have given these details regarding the weather encountered in Algeria in 1889-90 because the character of the winter climate does not appear generally known, and as they serve to explain, to a 1892. } AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. sf) great degree, why the collection of reptiles made by me is so com- paratively meagre. M. Lataste, the most recent and successful investigator of the Vertebrate fauna of Barbary, has recorded his observations on the Mammalia inhabiting that region in two works’. He has been able, by his collections and extensive researches in the country and by the labours of other naturalists, to bring up the number of Mammalian species inhabiting Barbary to 84. Among the eleven species of small Mammalia found by me the only one calling for special remark is Plecotus auritus, obtained by my collector in considerable numbers at Duirat. The interest attached to these specimens is that, while the species is an addition to the fauna of Tunisia, it is only the second time that it has been reported from Barbary. M. Loche had observed a specimen in the flesh, at Blidah, in the hands of a child who had caught it ; but M. Lataste was of the opinion that the species was one of eight included by M. Loche in his list of Mammals of Algeria, all of which would probably be ultimately erased from the list. This however, is included by M. Lataste in his Catalogue along with the other seven. . Another valuable result of M. Lataste’s labours was read before this Society on the 18th November last. I refer to Mr. Boulenger’s “ Catalogue of the Reptiles and Batrachia of Barbary, based chiefly upon the notes and collections made by M. Lataste in 1880-84.” Long before his Catalogue was finally printed off, Mr. Boulenger very kindly gave me the use of a set of proofs to assist me in naming my specimens, and by their aid, and by means of the excellent keys and concise descriptions embodied in the Catalogue, the identification of the specimens was easily accomplished, even in so difficult a genus as Acanthodactylus. Moreover, as the specimens, after they had been referred to their respective species, were compared with the representatives of the species in the British Museum, I have every confidence that each has been correctly named. Mr. Boulenger’s Catalogue enumerates 64 species of Reptiles and 10 species of Batrachians, whereas my small collection contains only 33 Reptiles and six ecaudate Batrachians, none of the caudate forms having been obtained. Mr. Boulenger has given a most instructive list illustrating in tabular form the distribution of the Reptilia and Batrachia of Barbary ; and the only addition these specimens make to it is the extension of the range of Lacerta ocellata, var. tangitana, to the Tell region of Algeria, in the Province of Oran. At Duirat, in Tunisia, a locality where apparently forms distinc- tive of the Tell and of the fauna of the Sahara meet, and which in position seems to bear much the same relation to the Tunisian desert that Biskra has to the Algerian Sahara, my collector obtained one 1 « Btude de la Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie: Catalogue Provisoire des Mammiféres Apélagiques Sauvages,” Actes de la Soc. Linnéenne de Bordeaux, t. xxxix. pp. 129-289. And as a separate work, 1885. Catalogue Oritique des Mammiféres Apélagiques Sauvages de la Tunisie, 1887. 6 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, [Jan. 5, well-marked new species of the genus Chalcides, of which I give a description and three figures, accompanied, for the sake of comparison, by two views of the head of its nearest ally, C. sepoides, Audouin. At the same place my collector also found a Viper distinctly referable to V. lebetina, but, at the same time, differing so much from the typical form, in some of the details of its structure, that I have had no other course left me but to describe it as a variety. MAMMALIA. Order CHIROPTERA. Family I. RHtINOLOPHID. Genus Rurno.oruus, Geoffroy. 1. RuINoLoPHUS EURYALE, Blasius; Lataste, Etude de la Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 65. 1 ¢, caveat Hammam Meskoutine, Province of Constantine. Family II. VespertTinionip2. Genus Piecotus, Geoffroy. 2. Precotus auritvus, Linneus ; Lataste, Etude dela Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 66. 2 3 &14 Q, Duirat, Tunisia. Beyond M. Loche’s statement * that he saw a specimen of this Bat in the hands of a child at Blidah, I am not aware of any other notice of its occurrence in Algeria, and this is the first time it has been reported from Tunisia. The foregoing specimens, instead of being light brown, are pale ashy on the upper surface, the light colour generally distinctive of this Bat in desert regions. Genus Vespervuco, Keys. & Blas. 3. VESPERUGO KUHLI, Natterer; Lataste, Etude de la Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 70; id. Cat. Crit. des Mammif. Apélagiques Sauvages de la Tunisie, 1887, p. 2. 1¢ & 1 2%, Duirat, Tunisia. 1 Cat. des Mammif. et des Oiseaux observés en Algérie, 1858, sp. 43. * The wing and interfemoral membranes of one of these Bats are torn and shrivelled up in places along the margins to such an extent that the flight of the animal must have been materially affected by it, Here and there over the surfaces of the membranes, and elsewhere on the body, there are dense colonies of a minute white Acarws, and it seems probable that the irritation produced by them had set up inflammation resulting in the partial destruction of the mem- branes, which also, when held against the light, were seen to be covered with small black spots, doubtless old inflamed areas due to the same cause. Mr. A. Michael kindly undertook to determine the nature of these Acari. The following are his remarks :— “The Acari submitted to me belong to two species only, and are all immature. “The first is a single specimen of the nymph of one of the Ixodide, and 1892. ] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. 7 This widely distributed Bat was recorded from the Tunisian Chotts by M. Lataste in 1885, and again, in 1885, from El Hammam de Cabes, at the eastern extremity of these salt-water lakes of Tunisia. Genus Mrnroptervs, Bonaparte. 4. MrnIopTeRvs SCHREIBERSI, Natterer; Lataste, Etude de la Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 75. 2 56 &2 9, cave at Hammam Meskoutine, Province of Con- stantine. The most easterly point in the distribution of this Bat recorded by M. Lataste was Cape Okas, near Bougie. This new locality brings it close to Tunisia, in which province, however, it has not yet been observed. Order INSECTIVORA. Family I. Macrosce.ipip2. Genus MAcroscELIDEs. 1. MacrosceLipEs RozETI, Duvernoy ; Lataste, Etude de la Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 77; id. Cat. Crit. des Mammif. Apélagiques Sauvages, 1887, p. 4. 2 S$ & 2 9, Duirat, Tunisia; 19, hills behind Biskra. This species has been found at Mount Santa Cruz, Oran (in the Tell), whence also probably came the specimen from which Duvernoy described the species. It likewise inhabits the high plateaux, and has been recorded from (north to south) Ain Oussera, about 3000 ft. above the sea, Djelfa, 3792 ft., Ain el Ibel, about 3700 ft., and also from the slopes tending to the Sahara, such as Laghouat, 2437 ft., and Bou Siiada, 1900 ft. The specimen recorded by me from Biskra, 360 ft. above the sea-level, was not obtained at this elevation, but from the hills behind, at what height I cannot say. M. Lataste belongs to the genus Hyalomma (Koch). The species seems to be either the Ixodes flavipes of Koch or the £. vespertilionis of the same author; it is not possible in the present state of our knowledge to identify it with certainty from immature specimens, but it is probable that the two species are not really distinct ; both have been recorded as bat-parasites, the former by Kolenati, the latter by Koch. According to modern classification this Acarid would belong to the genus Hyalomma, not Ixodes. “he other Acarid, of which there are numerous examples, was found by Dr. Anderson upon the same Bat and upon Plecotus awritus; it is one of the creatures described by Kolenati as forming the genus Peplonyssus; the species is probably his P. cruciplica. These Peplonyssi are all bat-parasites; but, although I am not sure that the fact has been publicly recorded, I think there can be no doubt that all the species of the genus are larval forms of Ixodide, the adults of which we may or may not be acquainted with, but which cannot at present be identified with the larve.” 8 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, [Jan. 5, has recorded it from Batna, 3350 ft., on the high plateaux imme- diately to the north of Biskra, and he has mentioned specimens from the region of the Tunisian Chotts, Feriana and Djebel Bou-Hedma, Tunisia, but none so far from the east as Duirat. The female from Biskra I had alive in my possession from the 17th April until the 22nd May. I brought it alive to Switzerland, but, after it had been eight days in Europe, it died, possibly from eating food unsuited to it. In Algeria, but more especially in Tunis, I experienced no difficulty in obtaining house-flies wherewith to feed it, and on which it throve, but, on my arrival in Europe, these insects were so scarce that I had first to offer it the larvee on which bird-fanciers feed small insectivorous birds. These it ate for a day or two, but, as it afterwards refused to touch them, I had next to try it with small cockroaches. These, however, did not appear to agree with it, and in two days more it was dead. It was very expert in catching flies, and as it never attempted to jump off any great height, I used to place it on a table, covered with a white cloth, and to scatter maimed flies over the table. When it once caught sight of a fly it made a rapid rush at it, the mobile proboscis touched the fly, and it disappeared, the Shrew seldom allowing one to escape. The tongue is remarkably long, exceeding the length of the snout, on the under surface of which there is a well-marked groove along which possibly the tongue is projected, assisting in the seizure of the insect prey. In its natural haunts, ee proboscis is probably introduced into crevices where insects urk. It was so tame that it was generally placed on the breakfast table, on which it ran perfectly at home, occasionally picking up minute hard crumbs from the outsides of “ croissants”’ or fragments of biscuits. It used also to lap milk freely from a spoon, returning every now and again to doso, and, if it had had its own way, it would have gorged itself with butter, but with disastrous effects, as a small quantity acted on it as a laxative. Its great delight while on the table was to get under a covert of some kind, and to run from one shelter to another, now and again darting out suddenly when it saw a fly. It never attempted to bite, and it seemed to enjoy being held in the hands, the heat and cover afforded by them being grateful to it. In this position it would re- main for a long time, making no effort to move. Its sense of hearing was acute, more especially to sharp sounds, any shrill call at once startling it, whereas dull sounds it seemed to heed but little. With regard to its vision, I may mention that while it had a keen eye for small objects in motion, I could wave my arms in front of it, a few feet off, without scaring it. __ Its movements were extremely rapid, and in ordinary progression it never jumped, but was projected forwards, so to speak, in short runs, ever and anon stopping abruptly to look about. 1892.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. 9 Measurements of Macroscelides rozeti. Mal an'| osha maa cae millim. millim. |} millim. Tip of snout to vent.................. 104 | 94 108 105 95 Vent to tip of tail without hairs... 114 | 112 | 110 117 | 100 Tip of snout to upper incisors........ 14 | 15 3 | 14 14 Length of hind foot with claws .... 51 | 31 52 32 32 WMEoIahb Ghar =.2.0)-c2sceee veces Sace | 29 29-9|) -a318 [> 30 28 SURYCUCEN OF CAE Lc c< asceetdbcnate ese ) 20 20 22 19 Ket | There were two fcetuses in the right horn of the uterus of one of these females, a similar number having been recorded by M. Lataste in an individual which he examined. In his specimen they were still very young on the 10th May, whereas in my specimen, captured in June, they were covered with hair and evidently mature. The weight of one of the foetuses was 28 grains without the placenta. Family II. Sorrcrpz. Genus Crocipura, Wagler. 2. CrocipURA ARANEA, Linneeus; Lataste, Etude de la Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 82; id. Cat. Crit. des Mammif. Apélagiques Sauvages de la Tunisie, 1887, p. 6. 1 Q, environs of Algiers. Snout to vent 55 millim.; vent to tip of tail 35 millim.; hind foot and claws 13 millim. Order RODENTIA. Family I. Murip2. Subfamily Gerbilline. Genus Gersituivus, Desmarest. 1. GeRBILLUS CAMPEsSTRIS, Levaillant; Lataste, Etude de la Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 142; id. Cat. Crit. des Mammif. Apélagiques Sauvages de la Tunisie, 1887, p. 24 1 g, Duirat, Tunisia. Measurements of G. campestris. 3. millim Tip of snout to vent.. .....-.--- +++. BOS 90 Vent to tip of tail without hairs............ 114 Height of ear ....... Mererhabc tite: ie pa AAPL Length of hind foot Wiad ee 1 27 Gecimt torwent” .25< =: Gav eee - <j. + nae =< 32 This form in its four subarticular and two tarsal tubercles= Dipodillus. 10 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, (Jan. 5, 2. GERBILLUS SHAWI, Rozet. Meriones shawi, Rozet ; Lataste, Etude de la Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 114; id. Cat. Crit. des Mammif. Apélagiques Sauvages de la Tunisie, 1887, p. 27. 5 9 & 1 6, Duirat, Tunisia. Measurements of G. shawi. 2. g. 2. 2. 9. 3. millim.| millim. | millim. | millim. | millim. | millim., | Tip of snout to vent...... 135") 128 INC al) ath 73 74 Vent to tip of tail without | NBT) Se: ss ee sa cea te ek 125 117 | 119 | 68 67 69 Height of ear ............ 15 18 13 11 11 11 Length of hind foot and GENE} oeddrcncantcnnantaae: 33 33 33 26 2e 27 Occiput to snout ......... 41 39 38 30 29 30 The largest female was gravid (June), and had four foetuses, well advanced, in each horn of the uterus. Subfamily Murine. Genus Mus, Linneeus. 3. Mus muscuuus, Linneus; Lataste, Etude de la Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 135; id. Cat. Crit. des Mammif. Apélagiques Sauvages de la Tunisie, 1887, p. 22. 1 Q juv., Biskra; 2 ¢, Hammam Meskoutine, Province of Con- stantine; and 1 ¢, Duirat, Tunisia. Family II. OcropontTin&. Genus CrenopacTyLus, Gray. 4. CreNopACTYLUS GuUNDI, Rothman; Lataste, Etude de la Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 152; id. Cat. Crit. des Mammif. de la Tunisie, 1887, p. 31. 29 &1 6g, Duiat, Tunisia. This species is said to be common on the hills behind Biskra. Family III. Dreopipz. Genus Dipus, Gmelin. 5. Dieus uirtipes, Lichtenstein; Lataste, Etude de la Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie, 1885, p. 150; id. Cat. Crit. des Mammif. &c. 1887, p. 30. 1 9, Biskra. This female gave birth to two young ones while in my possession (27 April), but made no visible effort to rear them. 1892.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. 1] The animal burrowed in loose earth with great rapidity, completely disappearing in a remarkably short time, driving the earth backwards with its hind feet, and, as it accumulated behind them, turning and pushing it out of the burrow with its broad hairy snout. REPTILIA. Order CHELONIA. Family I. Testup1nipz. Genus Trestupo, Linnzus. 1. Tesrupo 1BERA, Pallas ; Boulenger, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. xiii. pt. iii. 1891, p. 104. 5, neighbourhood of Algiers; 2, Duirat, Tunisia. Genus CLemmys, Wagler. 2. CLEMMYS LEPROSA, Schweigger ; Boulenger, Joc. cit. p. 106. 3 2, Duirat, Tunisia. Talso obtained a specimen of this species at Biskra, but it escaped. Order SQQUAMATA. Suborder I. LACERTILIA. Family I. Geckonipz. Genus Hemipacry.us, Gray. 1, HemipactyLus turcicus, Linneus; Boulenger, Joc. cit. p. 115. 1 2, Hammam P’irha, Province of Algiers. Genus TARENTOLA, Gray. 2. TARENTOLA MAURITANICA, Linneus; Boulenger, Joc. cit. p- 115. 1, Biskra; 3, walls of old tombs outside the Bab Alewa, Tunis ; 21, Duirat, Tunisia. Among these specimens there are examples of the typical form and of the variety deserti. The specimen from Biskra is an example of the latter, but the Geckos from Tunis belong to the typical form, which also occurs at Duirat, along with the variety, the Saharian and Tell faunz meeting at that locality. Family II. AGamipz. Genus AGAma, Daudin. 3. AGAMA INERMIs, Reuss: Boulenger, Joc. cit. p. 117. 2, from between Biskra and Tuggurt; 1 9, Tuggurt; 2¢ & 4 2, Duirat, Tunisia. 12 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, [Jan. 5, The largest female measures from the snout to the vent 94 millim., and the tail 125 millim. These specimens illustrate the unequal lepidosis of the back men- tioned by Mr. Boulenger, as no two are alike in the distribution of the enlarged scales. The Duirat specimens collected in the months ef May and June are gravid. Genus Uromastrx, Merrem. 4. Uromastix ACANTHINURUS, Bell; Boulenger, oc. cit. p. 119. 2, Biskra ; 2, Duirat. Family HI. Varanip#. Genus Varanus, Merrem. 5. VARANUS GRISEUS, Daudin ; Boulenger, Joc. cit. p. 121. 1 2, Duirat, Tunisia. Mr. Boulenger gives the dimensions of this species as follows :— snout to vent 56 centim., tail 71; but this female, although it is 22 centimetres shorter in its body, is gravid, having 7 ova in the right, and 8 in the left ovary, the ova on the right side being pressed forwards almost as far as the axilla. Family 1V. AMPHISBAENID&. Genus Troconoruis, Kaup. 6. TROGONOPHIS WIEGMANNI, Kaup ; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 122. 2, Hammam Meskoutine, Province of Constantine, under large stones on hill-sides. Family V. Lacertip2. Genus Lacerta, Linneus. 7, LACERTA OCELLATA, Daudin ; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 123. Var. PATER, Lataste, 1880; Boulenger, Joc. ezt. p. 123. 2 g, under hedges by the road-side, Tlemsen, Province of Oran ; 1 2, under a large stone, Hammam Meskoutine, Province of Con- stantine; 2 ¢ & 2 9, Duirat, Tunisia. M. Lataste was the first to point out that the large lizard of Algeria and Tunisia was a race or subspecies of J. ocellata, closely related to it, but having also some points of affinity with L. viridis. Mr. Boulenger adopts this view, with which I fully agree, and in his catalogue he clearly indicates wherein it differs from the European form. In none of these specimens does the number of scales across the back exceed 80, nor are the femoral pores more than 16. 7a. var. TANGITANA, Boulenger, Catalogue of Lizards in the 1892. ] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. 13 Brit. Mus. 1887, vol. iii. p. 13, pl. iii. fig. 15 et loc. cit. p. 124. 1 young, Tlemgen, Province of Oran. This variety was founded by Mr. Boulenger for the reception of some lizards from Tangier, very nearly allied to the previous variety, but differing from it and from L. ocellata typica in their much smaller dorsal scales, numbering from 77 to 100 across the middle of the body, and in their more numerous (17-21) femoral pores, On the other hand, in their smaller occipital and in the number (6-8) of the longitudinal rows of ventral scales, they manifest, as pointed out by Mr. Boulenger, marked affinities to the Spanish-Portuguese form of L. viridis, the var. schreiberi, Bedriaga, and so closely do they re- semble it in these two respects that they are undistinguishable from it. Until the discovery of these specimens from Tangier, L. ocellata and ZL. viridis were unknown from Morocco. It is interesting therefore to find the Morocco variety occurring at Tlemgen, but not surprising, considering the proximity of this locality to Morocco. This specimen, however, presents one variation by which it can be distinguished from all the examples of var. ¢angitana in the British Museum, and that is, that the shields along the collar are much more numerous, being 22, whereas in vars. pater and tangitana there are only 10 or 11 shields. This is not at all likely to be an individual variation, and hence it is interesting to find the out- lying members of the variety so modified. The specimen in question is unfortunately young, as it measures only 47 millim. from the snout to the vent, but in all its other cha- racters it resembles var. tangitana. The dorsal scales are very small, and number 87 across the middle of the body ; there are 18 femoral pores, 8 longitudinal rows of scales on the belly, and the occipital shield is decidedly narrower than the interparietal, all distinctive features of L. ocellata, var. tangitana. 8. LaceRTA MURALIS, Laurenti; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 125. 3 ¢ & 3 Q, Tlemcen, Province of Oran. These lizards resemble the specimens of this species from Tangier described by Mr. Boulenger as having the scales very small, obtusely keeled and in 61 to 73 rows across the middle of the body, but in some of them they fall to 56. Their upper caudal scales are also strongly keeled as in specimeus from Tangier. The femoral pores vary from 17 to 21, whereas in examples from the latter district they vary from 13 to 19, 17 being the usual number. One of the above males is coloured exactly like the specimens from Tangier in the British Museum, but another and two females are less spotted with black, and the white spots on the tail, so marked in Tangier specimens, are absent, or only feebly indicated. 9. LAcCERTA PERSPICILLATA, Dum. & Bibr.; Boulenger, loc. cit. p- 126. 2 3, Santa Cruz, Oran. : In these specimens there are 56 and 60 scales across the middle 14 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, (Jan. 5, of the body, the highest number mentioned by Boulenger being 56 ; and in the smaller of the two specimens there are six upper labials before the subocular on one side and seven on the other, the usual number of these shields being five. Genus Psammopromvs, Fitzinger. 10. PsamMopromus aueirus, Linneus; Boulenger, Joc. cit. p- 128. 1 2, Tlemcen, Province of Oran. Genus ACANTHODACTYLUsS, Wiegmann. 11. ACANTHODACTYLUS BOSKIANUS, Daudin; Boulenger, loc. cit. p- 129. 1 g, Biskra; 1 ¢ & 1 9, Tuggurt; 1 ¢ &3 Q, Duirat, Tunisia. The ventral plates in these specimens do not exceed 10, and the highest number of large keeled scales between the hind limbs is 11 ; but this occurs only in one specimen, all the others having 10 longitudinal rows. Five of the seven specimens have 23 femoral pores on each side, one 19, and the other 24. The longitudinal series of scales round the middle of the body vary from 30 to 36, the lowest number occurring in a specimen from Duirat. 12. ACANTHODACTYLUS SCUTELLATUS, Audouin; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 130. 1g & 4 Q, Tuggurt; 3 ¢ & 2 9, Duirat, Tunisia. These specimens are all distinguished by acute snouts, denticulated ears, and by the dorsal and ventral scales merging the one into the other, these scales conjointly varying from 60 to 70 (Mr. Boulenger gives 61-74); the scales referable to the ventral region vary from 12 to 14, the latter number being dependent on the degree of development of the outermost series of scales, but in Mr. Boulenger’s specimens the number rose to 18. The lowest number of femoral pores, 18, occurs in a female specimen from Tuggurt, whereas the highest number 26, is found in a male from Duirat, the range of femoral pores recorded by Mr. Boulenger being from 18 to 25. The three males from Duirat are reddish, with numerous black spots and indications of white ocelli on the sides, whereas the females from the same locality are uniformly reddish, with the white ocelli feebly visible, and the black spots only faintly traceable here and there. The Tuggurt specimens are olive-grey. In the male from this locality the black spots are more distinctly marked than in the females. 13. ACANTHODACTYLUS PARDALIS, Lichtenstein; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 131. 3 6, Aures Mountains, north of Biskra; 7 ¢ & 8 9, route between Biskra and Tuggurt; 3 ¢ & 7 2, Duirat, Tunisia. 1892.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. 15 The specimens from the first-mentioned locality belong to the variety named bedriage by M. Lataste, whilst the others, which are distin- guished from them by being more slender and somewhat smaller, may be taken as representing the variety deserti (Zootoca deserti, Giinther). However, as Mr. Boulenger points out, not only are these varieties ill-defined, but the former approaches A. vulgaris in its structure and coloration, whilst the latter often closely resembles = scutellatus. This species (A. pardalis) is thus a transitional orm. Among the specimens recorded above, the scales round the middle of the body, including the ventrals, vary from 61-74, whereas in Mr. Boulenger’s specimens the variation is from 66-82. The femoral pores also are variable, as in my specimens the lowest number is 15 and the highest 22, whilst the numbers recorded by him are 15-25. 14. ACANTHODACTYLUS VULGARIS, Dum. & Bibr.; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 131. 4 g¢ & 3 2, Mount Santa Cruz. On old walls at the foot of the hill. In these specimens the subocular enters the labial border, and in five out of the seven it does so more or less broadly. In one of the remaining two the sharp lower angle of the shield is wedged in between the labials as a fine point, while in the seventh specimen it is excluded from the labial border on one side, but preserves the same character as the previous specimen on the opposite side. Unlike Moroccan examples of this lizard, the tendency of this shield is to enter largely into the formation of the lip. In none of the specimens does the number of the scales round the body, including the ventrals (8), exceed 77, nor fall lower than 73. The femoral pores vary from 23 to 26. They are marked with six longitudinal whitish lines, separated from each other by broad dark brown bands ; but in the largest specimen the white lines are more or less broken up into white spots, the intervening dark bands being reticulated with brick-red. The limbs are white spotted, and the end of the tail is pink. Genus Eremras, Wiegmann. 15. Eremias Gurruxata, Lichtenstein; Boulenger, Joc. cit. p- 132. 1 g, between Biskra and Tuggurt; 1 ¢, Tuggurt, and 1 92, Duirat. These three specimens have the median disk of the eyelid broken up into 4, 5, and 6 scales respectively, with the collar distinct only at the sides. In the variations tabulated by Mr. Boulenger, the form with the collar distinct at the sides has only two scales in the transparent palpebral disk, the highest number, four, recorded by him occurring in specimens with the collar free all round. In specimens presenting these two kinds of variation in the collar and in the 16 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, [Jan. 5, palpebral disk, the number of scales round the middle of the body is 52, the femoral pores being 10-10 in the first variation, and 11-10 in the second, whereas in my specimens the scales round the body (including the yentrals) are 52-53, and the femoral pores are 11-14. In Mr. Boulenger’s specimens with six scales in the palpebral disk, and with the collar distinct and attached in the middle, the femoral pores are 14—13, while in the above-mentioned specimen, with the same number of scales in the palpebral disk, there are only 11 femoral pores, associated with 53 scales (including the ventrals) round the body, whilst his specimens have 59 scales. Mr. Boulenger indi- cates another variation with 3 scales in the palpebral disk, 68 scales (including ventrals) round the body, and with 17-17 femoral pores. These facts attest the correctness of M. Lataste’s opinion, which Mr. Boulenger shares, that no division of this species into subspecies or varieties can be made on characters derived from the palpebral disk and collar. Family VI. Scincip2z. Genus Masui, Fitzinger. 16. Masuia virrata, Olivier ; Boulenger, loc. czt. p. 135. 1, Djebel Ahmer Khaddon, south of Constantine; 1, Biskra; 1, between Biskra and Tuggurt. The largest specimen is from the first-mentioned locality, and measures, from the snout to the vent, 75 millim., the tail 129. Genus Eumeces, Wiegmann. 17. Eumeces scHNEIDERI, Daudin; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 136. 1 ¢ & 2 9, Duirat, Tunisia. Genus Scincvus, Laurenti. 18. Scrncus orricrnatis, Laurenti ; Boulenger, Joc. cit. p. 137. 1 g, Sand-dunes, Debila, Sahara; 1 ¢ & 3 Q, Tuggurt; 1 go &3 Q, Duirat, Tunisia. In one of the specimens from Duirat there are 30 scales round the body, in the other 26-28. These specimens present two types of coloration, being either uniformly yellowish above or marked in addition with dark brown bars more or less continuous across the back, strongly or obscurely developed. Genus CHaxcipes, Laurenti. 19. CHALCIDES OcELLATUS, Forskil ; Boulenger, Joc. cit. p. 138. 11, Biskra; 1, Djebel Ahmar Khaddon, south of Constautine ; 6, Duirat, Tunisia. The largest specimen is 116 millim. from the snout to the vent, and, in one measuring 104 millim., the hind limbis25 millim. The scales round the body vary from 28-32 in number, whereas those 1892.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. , 17 described by Mr. Boulenger had never more than 30. The speci- mens from Duirat are all marked with white ocelli or shafts in black spots, the general colour of the upper surface varying from dark brown to dark grey, without any trace of the broad dorsal band of a darker hue which occurs in all the Biskra specimens, none of which are of a grey tint. In some specimens from Biskra the ocelli are practically absent or only obscurely indicated. . . 19 a. var. TILIGUGU, Gmelin. 1, Tlemcen, Province of Oran; 1, Mount Santa Cruz, Oran; 1, Hammam R’irha, Province of Algiers; 2, Hammam Meskoutine, Province of Constantine; and 3, Duirat, Tunisia. These specimens are stouter than the previous form and larger, reaching 144 millim. from the snout to the vent. The limbs also are longer, as in one individual measuring 105 millim. from the snout to the vent the hind limb is 29 millim. The scales round the body vary from 30-32. In all of them there is a broad dorsal band with a lighter-coloured broad band on either side of it, and all are ocellated. The Duirat specimens are much paler than those from the Tell. 20. CHALCIDES BOULENGERI, sp. noy. (Plate I. figs. 1, 2 3.) 2 specimens, Duirat, Tunisia. Snout wedge-shaped, not so broad as in C. sepoides, Audouin, but with a projecting labial edge ; eye small, but slightly larger than in C. sepoides ; ear-opening an oblique slit at the commissure of the mouth, but with a fringe of three pointed scales. The nostril is not in advance of the suture between the rostral and the first labial ; supranasals fused into a single shield; frontal as broad or a little broader than long ; four supraoculars, with four small scales below them ; fifth labial enters the orbit. The limbs are weak, but stronger than in C. sepoides; the hinder pair are proportionally more deve- loped than the front limbs. The hind limbs are penta- or tetra- dactyle, and in length each equals about the distance between the fore limb and the nostril; the latter limb equals considerably more than half its distance from the centre of the eye, and is pentadactyle *. The body is not quite so long as in C. sepoides, and the sides are angular as in that species. Twenty-eight rows of scales round the body. Yellowish above, each scale finely margined with dark brown, their centres whitish and presenting, in some instances, the appearance of ocelli, recalling the ocellation characteristic of C. ocellatus, and this is unmistakably marked especially on the tail, on which the ocelli are arranged in more or less transverse rows. A black line through the eye, and two fine black lines on either side of the frontal. The 1 In one specimen the manus is entirely absent on one side, but this is probably due to an accident. Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1892, No. II. 2 18 * DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, [Jan. 5 black margins of the scales on the nape tend to form longitudinal lines. No. 1. Snout to vent 83 millim., tail 60, hind limb 17. No. Ze > 9 ” 83 ” ” 45*, 2 2”? 7. This species is distinguished from C. sepoides (Plate I. figs. 4, 5) by the nostril not being placed inadvance of the suture between the first labial and the rostral; by the fifth labial entering the orbit, whereas in C. sepoides it is the fourth that does so; and by 28 rows of scales round the body, whilst in that species these scales never exceed 24. The ear is much the same as in C. sepoides, but it is very different from the ear of C. ocellatus and that of C. mionecton, in which it is a round well-marked opeuing, further removed from the angle of the mouth. It is linked by the character of its labial edge and rostral to C. sphenopsiformis (Senegambia), which through C. mionecton connects it with C. ocellatus. It thus supplies a link that was wanting in the chain of these species, so to speak. I have much pleasure in connecting Mr. Boulenger’s name with this new lizard from Barbary. Suborder II. Ro rpTOGLossSa. Family I. CoaMZLEONTID. Genus CHAM&LEON, Laurenti. 1. CHAMELEON vuLGARIS, Daudin ; Boulenger, Joc. ct. p. 142. 1, Tamerna, Sahara; 3, Duirat, Tunisia. Suborder III. Opurpra. Family I. Cotusrip2. Genus ZaMEnts, Wagler. 1. ZAMENIS ALGrIRuS, Jan; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 147. 2 specimens, Duirat, Tunisia. No. 1. Total length 1000 millim., tail 250. Ventrals 218, sub- caudals 104. No. 2. Total length 920 millim., tail 200. Ventrals 231, sub- caudals 87. In the first specimen there are 8 upper labials on one side and 9 on the other, but in No. 2 there are 9 upper labials on both sides. In No. | the fifth labial enters the orbit on the left side, but on the right side the labials are excluded from touching the eye; and in No. 2 a labial, the fifth, enters the orbit on one side only, being ex- cluded on the other by an additional subocular, the labial entering the orbit when there are only two suboculars. The preocular in these specimens has generally two small scales below it separating it from 1 Renewed. 1892. ] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. 19 the labials. The temporals also are variable, as in No. 2 they are 3+3 on one side and 2+3 on the other. The number of sub- caudals in No. 1 exceeds the maximum given by Mr. Boulenger, and its anal is entire, while in No. 2 these plates fall below the minimum recorded by him. His figures are 92-100. Their coloration is normal, 2. ZAMENIS HIPPOCREPTS, Linnzeus ; Boulenger, op. cit. p. 147. 1 specimen, Hammam Meskoutine, Province of Constantine ; 1 specimen, neighbourhood of Algiers. In the first specimen there are 10 upper labials on one side, and two temporals in contact with the postoculars. 3. ZAMENIS DIADEMA, Schlegel ; Boulenger, op. cit. p. 148. 1 specimen, Duirat, Tunisia; 1 specimen, between Biskra and Tugeurt. The snake from Duirat has 25 rows of scales, and the Biskra- Tuggurt specimen 32. The head-shields present some of the variations usual to this species. The Duirat specimen has the pale yellowish sandy coloration of a desert form ; the typical dark rhombic markings are distinct, but the horn-colour has a faded appearauce. Genus 'Tropiponorus, Kuhl. 4. TrRopiIpONOTUS VIPERINUS, Latr. ; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 149. 1 specimen, Hammam P’irha, Province of Algiers; 1 specimen, Biskra ; 6 specimens, between Biskra and Tuggurt; 1 specimen, Duirat, Tunisia. The first specimen has the rare variation of 23 rows of scales. Genus Macrorrotropon, Guichenot. 5. MAcrRoproropon cucuL.atvus, Geoffroy ; Boulenger, Joc. ect. pp- 149, 150. 1 specimen, Hammam Meskoutine, Province of Constantine, among stones. Total length 539 millim., tail 93. Ventrals 171 ; subcaudals 54. It has 19 rows of scales, which is generally the case in Algerian and Tunisian specimens, as pointed out by Mr. Boulenger. Genus Psammopruis, Boie. 6. PsAMMOPHIS SIBILANS, Linnzus ; Boulenger, loc. ezt. p. 150. 1 specimen, Duirat, Tunisia. Total length 975 millim., tail 341. Ventrals 179 ; subcaudals 131. A partially divided preeocular on each side; 9 upper labials, the 5th and 6th entering the orbit, as in the case of all Algerian and Tunisian specimens found by M. Lataste. Q* 20 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, [Jan. 5, Genus Ca:LopPe tis, Wagler. 7. Ca@LOPELTIS LACERTINA, Wagler; Boulenger, loc. eit. p. 151. 1 specimen, Duirat, Tunisia. Total length 1275 millim., tail 347. Ventrals 170, subcaudals 105; 19 rows of scales. 8. Ca@LopeLtis propucta, Gervais ; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 151. 2 specimens, Duirat, Tunisia. No. 1. Total length 663 millim., tail 121. Ventrals 161, sub- caudals 62. No. 2. Total length 671 millim., tail 115. Ventrals 159, sub- caudals 48. The first has 9 upper labials on the right side, and the normal number 8 on the left, the 5th and 6th entering the right andthe 4th and 5th the left orbit. The grooving of the scales of these specimens is very feebly indicated and in marked contrast to this character in C. lacertina. This appears to be the second record of this snake from Tunisia, the first specimen having been obtained by M. Valéry-Mayet at Bou-Hedma near Gafsa. The species was originally based on a specimen fom the Sahara. Family II. Virerip2. Genus Vipera, Laurenti. 9. VIPERA LEBETINA, Linneus; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 154. Var. nov. DESERTI. (Plate I. figs. 6 and 7). 1 Q, Duirat, Tunisia. I have no hesitation in referring this specimen to V. ledetina, but, as it is devoid of a canthus rostralis and has the scales on the head from the parietal region forwards to the rostral perfectly smooth, I regard it as a variety which I propose to call deseréi. ; All authors who have hitherto had occasion to describe V. lebetina from Algeria have either directly or indirectly referred to the keeled character of the head-scales. Through the kind assistance of Mr. Boulenger, who examined fcr me the type (No. 4017) of V. mauri- tunica, Guichenot, in the Paris Museum, I have his authority for stating that the canthus rostralis of that snake is well marked, and that the interorbital scales are feebly but distinctly keeled. It has no large supraoculars, and the rostral is a little higher than broad. It isa female with 163-ventrals and 50 caudals. Another and young specimen, No. 4016 of Guichenot’s Collection, is the same as the preceding, but with the canthus rostralis less distinctly marked. It has 166 ventrals and 39 cauJals. I have examined all the specimens of V. /ebetina in the British Museum, and I give the leading details regarding them in the following table, and for comparison I have added in the last column those yielded by this variety. 21 AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. 1392.] ~ Characters of Vipera lehetina and var. deserti. Total length (millimetres) FARO e en eee ee enn wee weeee ” ” OL tan woe.te. eee eee eee ee eee eres IVCDULBIBye.sroavte¥rcem ete Oaudals ..... Seales round body....... OOO Peer eer ene ese sereesaseseeeeseseeseseses Canthus rostralis, absent (A) or present (P)... Scales on upper surface of head keeled (K) or smooth (S)....... Number of upper labials ......... Sree Seaees Rostral broader than high (B), higher than DYOROQEIyy cp... ceesava steers aNRu yes cD aaeecaue’ Supraorbitals variable, some enlarged (V), } istinctly enlarged and their number Scales between eyes, including supraorbitals ... 10. \| 3B 1h. 12 18 11 Lake of Galilee. 11 Persia, Teheran. 1E 11 of EE Balas Fe ee a esas ge a7] a oo sss S|) Bo | a= 425 qo Ay iv) nm 1250 | 955 ee 135 | 115| 88 | &3 173 | 180 as 3% 4g) 47| RR | Re 25|. 25| 93] 925 P P P P K K K K 104| "S10 Oto 10 B B B B 1H | te era Se A 1 ie ith | Duirat, Tunisia. =I re a 22 DR. J. ANDERSON ON MAMMALS, REPTILES, (Jan. 5, I have also given two drawings of its head (Plate I. figs. 6, 7). If these are compared with Guichenot’s figure of V. mauritanica’, which Mr. Boulenger informs me is a good representation of the above-mentioned specimen No. 4017, the differences between this variety and the typical form will be seen to be considerable. To summarize the features of this variety, the most striking is certainly the entire absence of any approach to keeling on the scales on the upper surface of the head from the parietal region forward to the rostral. As already stated, in all the hitherto recorded speci- mens of V. lebetina, the scales of the head over the foregoing area and over the upper surface of the head generally are keeled in various degrees of intensity, while at the same time they preserve to a great extent the general form and character of the scales on the body. In this variety, on the other hand, the head-scales, besides being perfectly smooth in the region specified, are somewhat unlike those of the body in that they are rounded at their margins and are very flat. The entire absence of the canthus rostralis is another feature by which this variety is distinguished from the typical form, in which it is always defined although less marked in some individuals than in others. The rostral shield is higher than broad, but in an example of this species from the Lake of Galilee it is as high as broad, a modifica- tion which connects this variety with the other specimens mentioned in the foregoing table in which the rostral is decidedly broader than high. The supraoculars in the first six specimens enumerated in the table (p. 21) are not markedly differentiated from the ordinary head- scales as regards their size: occasionally one or more scales may be larger than the others, either on both sides of the head or on one only, but in none of them are two scales so developed as in this variety. On the other hand, the specimens from Persia and Afghanistan can be distinguished at once by the presence of a large supraocular occupying nearly the entire upper border of the eye. It will be observed that, in the labials and the scales between the eyes, the variations among these specimens are very insignificant. It is worthy of attention that the four specimens from the mainland of South-western Asia present a marked increase in the number of their ventrals as com- pared with the typical form from Algeria and Cyprus, and that the two groups are connected with each other by var. deserti from Eastern Tunisia. In VJ. lebetina, var. deserti, the colour is pale yellowish brown above, with very faint indications of the dorsal and lateral dark spots distinctive of Algerian and Cyprian examples of the typical form ; and the under surface is pale yellow, almost immaculate anteriorly, the finely powdered aspect of the species being only feebly indicated posteriorly. The specimen from the, Lake of Galilee very much resembles the var. deserti in colour and general appearance, but it has keeled scales on the head and a canthus rostralis. I have selected the term desertz to designate this variety, because reptiles received from Duirat, the locality from which this Viper 1 Explor. Se. Alg., Rept. pl. ii. 1892.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BARBARY. 23 was obtained, establish the fact that the Saharian fauna extends to as district, and moreover the Snake has all the features of a desert orm. The majority of the specimens of V. lebetina hitherto recorded have come from the Tell region of Western Algeria, but examples of this species have also been mentioned from Batna on the high plateau ard likewise from Bona on the coast, in the Tell region. As our knowledge of the northern portion of the Sahara intervening between Duirat and Egypt becomes more extended, it is probable that this variety of V. lebetina will be found to occur throughout that district, and, possibly, in Egypt itself. Genus Cerastes, Wagler. 10. Cerastes virera, Linneus; Boulenger, op. cit. p. 155. 1 ¢ &1 Q, Duirat, Tunisia. 3. Total length 252 millim., tail 32. Ventrals 107, subcaudals 32; rows of scales 23. Q. Total length 248 millim., tail 22. Ventrals 117, subcaudals 22; rows of scales 23. Mr. Boulenger mentions that although M. Lataste did not come across this Viper in Tunisia, several specimens from the southern part of that province are in the possession of Marquis Doria. BATRACHIA. Order ECAUDATA. Family I. Ranipz. Genus Rana, Linneus. 1. RANA ESCULENTA, Linnzus ; Boulenger, Joc. cit. p. 157. 5, Algiers ; 4, Hammam P’irha, Province of Algiers; 3, Biskra. These specimens belong to the var. ridibunda, Pallas, the most widely distributed race, and the only one found in Barbary. Mr. Boulenger has recently given ‘ the measurements of the largest of my specimens from the last two of the localities recorded above. Family II. Buronip2. Genus Buro, Laurenti. 2. Buro virinis, Laurenti; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 158. 1 young specimen, Laurier-Rose Station on the railway to Tlemcen; 2 specimens, Duirat. 3. Buro mavritanicus, Schlegel ; Boulenger, Joc. cit. p. 158. 1 specimen, Tlemcen, Province Oran ; 2 specimens, Hammam R’irha, Province Algiers; 2 specimens, Algiers; 2 specimens, Biskra. 1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 379. 24 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON MYRIOPODA AND [Jan. 5, A pair taken in copuld at Biskra had the foliowing measure- ments :— ¢, snout to vent 124 millim.; 9, 96. 4. Buro vutearis, Laurenti; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 159. 1 specimen, Algiers. Family III. Hyrip2. Genus Hyua, Laurenti. 5. Hyza arsorea, Linneeus; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 159. Var. MERIDIONALIS, Boettger. 1 9, Tlemgen; 1 ¢ & 1 9, Hammam Meskoutine, Province of Constantine. f Family IV. DiscoGLossip&. Genus Discoeuossus, Otth. 6. Discociossus pictus, Otth; Boulenger, loc. cit. p. 160. 2 3, Tlemgen, Province of Oran; 6, Hammam Rirha, Province of Algiers; 2, Algiers. The condition of the tympanum in these specimens varies con- siderably, being distinct in some and wholly invisible in others. It thus supports M. Lataste’s opinion, with which Mr. Boulenger agrees, that there is only one species of Discoglossus. DESCRIPTION OF PLATETI. Fig. 1. Chalcides boulengeri, nat. size. Fig. 2. View of the upper surface of the head, twice nat. size. Fig. 3. Side view of the head, twice nat. size. Fig. 4. View of the upper surface of the head of C. sepotdes, Audouin, twice nat. size. Fig. 5. Side view of the head of the same species, twice nat. size. Fig. 6. Upper surface of the head of Vipera lebetina, Linnseus, var. desert, nat. size. Fig. 7. Side view of the head of the same, nat. size. 2. On the Myriopoda and Arachnida collected by Dr. Anderson in Algeria and Tunisia. By R. I. Pocock. {Received January 11, 1892.] The Myriopoda collected by Dr. Anderson during his stay in Algeria and Tunisia in the winter of 1890 and 1891 are refer- able to 21 species, one of which appears to be new. ‘This, which I call Brachydesmus insculptus, seems to be very nearly related to a species that was described two years ago by Dr. Latzel from the Azores. This fact is of interest, inasmuch as it affords another link to the chain of affinity between the fauna of these islands and that of the Mediterranean district of the Palzearctic region. The rest of the species are principally remarkable for the light 1892.] ARACHNIDA FROM ALGERIA AND TUNISIA. 25 that they throw upon the synonymy of old-established but little- known species. The only circumstance to be noticed here with respect to the Arachnida is the vast amount of variation shown by the sexes and young of the Scorpion, Prionurus australis. ARACHNIDA. The only species of this group obtained by Dr. Anderson are the following :—Galeodes olivieri, Simon, Prionurus australis (Jinn.), Buthus europeus (Linn.), and Buthus leptochelys (Ehrb.). All of them are well-known N.-African forms, but I am not aware that B. leptochelys has been ere this recorded go far to the West. The species were obtained at the following localities :—Galeodes oliviert between Biskra and Tuggurt ; Prionurus australis, Duirat, Biskra, Tuggurt ; Buthus europeus, Algiers, Hammam Meskoutine, Hammam R’irha; Buthus leptochelys, Biskra. CHILOPODA. Fam. ScuTiGerID&. -ScuTIGERA COLEopTRATA (Linn.). Hammam P’irha and Algiers. Common in Madeira and in the southern parts of Europe. Fam. Lirnosip2. LirHosius rmpressvus, C. Koch. Kherrata, Constantine, Tunis, Hammam P’irha, Algiers. Originally described from Algeria, but abundant in many parts of Italy. Lirnostus casraneus, Newport. Algiers, Hammam Meskoutine, Hammam R’irha, Kherrata, Con- stantine. This species was redescribed as eximius by Meinert; see Pocock, Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) ix. p. 63, 1890. It occurs also in 8. Europe. Fam. SCOLOPENDRIDE. ScoLOPENDRA MoRSITANS, Linn. The North-African form of the cosmopolitan S. morsitans was described by Koch as S. scopoliana and by Newport as S. algerina. For the synonymy of S, scopoliana see Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vii. pp. 51, 52. SCOLOPENDRA ORANIENSIS, Lucas. S. oraniensis, Lucas, Rev. Zool. 1846, p. 287; id. Expl. Sci. de PAlg., Anim. Art. p. 344. S. dalmatica, C. Koch, 1847, and other authors. Hammam BP’irha, Tunis. At these localities Dr. Anderson obtained three examples of 26 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON MYRIOPODA AND [Jan. 5, a species of Scolopendra, which agree closely with Lucas’s figure and description of S. oraniensis, and at the same time are not specific- ally distinguishable from the S.-European S. dalmatica; Lucas’s name must consequently supersede that of Koch. The two specimens captured at Hammam B’irha are smaller and very dark-coloured, being an exceedingly deep green. The Tunisian example, on the contrary, is very much paler and considerably larger. CupPIPES GERVAISIANUS (Koch). Hammam Meskoutine. It is needless to repeat here the involved synonymy of this species, It may be found at length in my paper in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vii. pp. 51-53. This species also occurs in S. Europe. OTosTIGMA SPINICAUDA (Newport). Branchiostoma spinicauda, Newp. Tr. Linn. Soe. xix. p. 412. Otostigma deserti, Meinert, Vid. Medd. Nat. Forening, 1886, p: 121. Biskra. The above-given synonymy was published by me before it had been my good fortune to examine a specimen of this species from the locality where the types of O. deserti were obtained. Dr. Anderson, how- ever, has supplied the missing link in the chain of evidence by procuring a specimen from Biskra. This example is undoubtedly co-specific with Newport’s types of B. spinicauda and also with those that Meinert described as O. deserti. This species is not known to occur in Europe. CrypTors ANoMOLANS, Newp. Constantine. This species is the punctatus of Koch and all authors ; see my paper on the Chilopoda of Liguria, in the Ann. Mus. Genoyv. (2) ix. p. 68 (1890). It is probably also the same as the species Lucas described as C. numidicus; but to this last were assigned only 12 antennal segments. Fam. GEOPHILIDE. ORYA BARBARICA, Gervais. Constantine, Kherrata, Hammam Meskoutine. HIMANTARIUM RUGULOSsUM, Koch. Algiers. HIMANTARIUM MEDITERRANEUM, Mein. Constantine. GEOPHILUS PUSILLUs, Mein. Algiers. 1892.] ARACHNIDA FROM ALGERIA AND TUNISIA, 27 GEOPHILUS FERRUGINEUS, Koch. Hammam Meskoutine. DIPLOPODA. Fam. GLOMERID. GLOMERIS FUSCO-MARMORATA, Lucas. Algiers, Hammam R’irha. This species appears at most to be but a variety of the S.-European G, conspersa. GLOMERIS FLAVO-MACULATA, Luc. Hammam Pirha. This species also is most probably but a variety of the European G. connexa. Fam. PotypresMID&. BRACHYDESMUS INSCULPTUS, Sp. n. Colour pale brown or ochraceous. Moderately robust. Antennze much longer than the width of the body. The first tergite sub- a. Brachydesmus insculptus, sp. n.; 8th tergite from above. b. 5 e 3 copulatory foot, external view. c. ” ” ” ” ” internal view. carinate, marked with two transverse depressions, between which run two or three longitudinal grooves with an anterior row of 6 small tubercles, the posterior large tubercles very distinct; the rest of the tergites with the sculpturing very strongly marked, the grooves sharply defining the tubercles; the anterior angle of the keels obtuse but subdentate at the apex, the posterior angle acute and produced ; the side margin of the pore-bearing keels tridentate, of the others bidentate (not including the anterior and posterior angles). Legs short and robust. Copulatory feet strong and falciform, nar- rower before the apex, which is curved; below the apex on the inside and on the outside there is a single process, and there are 28 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 5, three other processes and a membranous expansion on the posterior aspect of the appendage. Length up to 13 millim., width 1°6. Closely allied to, if not identical with, B. provimus of Latzel from the Azores. Hammam R’irha. This is probably the species that Lucas records as Polydesmus complunatus. STRONGYLOSOMA GUERINII, Gerv. Strongylosoma guerinit, Gerv. Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr, iv. p. 686. Hammam B’irha. This species was originally described from Madeira, whence the British Museum has examples. It is widely distributed in the Atlantic Islands, occurring both in Teneriffe and the Bermudas. I suspect that this is the species which Lucas identified as S. pallipes (Oliv.). Fam. IuLip&. IuLus FUSCO-UNILINEATUS, Lucas. Kherrata, Hammam R’irha, Constantine. IuLus pistinctus, Lucas. Constantine. The synonymy of these two species of Iulus requires reinvesti- gation. Fam. Potyzonip&, DouisTENvs SAvit, Fanz. Hammam P’irha. This interesting Millipede is a great rarity. It has been found in Italy, but is new to the African shore of the Mediterranean. ‘The repugnatorial pores begin on the fifth somite. 3. On the Earthworms collected in Algeria and Tunisia by Dr. Anderson. By Franx E, Bepparp, M.A., Pro- sector to the Society. [Received January 5, 1892.] As nothing appears to be known of the Earthworms of the northern part of the African Continent, excepting Egypt, I am very glad to have had the opportunity, afforded me by Dr. Anderson’s kindness, of examining a small collection made by him during the spring of last year in Algeria and Tunisia. Earthworms show in so yery plain a manner the effect of barriers to dispersal in their distribution, that I had expected to find the Algerian forms identical with or closely allied to those of Europe. The Earthworm-fauna of Central‘and South Africa is evidently very 1892.] FROM ALGERIA AND TUNISIA. 29 rich, though at present but little known ; but the Sahara has proved here, as it has in the case of other animals, to be a barrier preventing the northward range of these forms. Only in Egypt are there any genera found also in Tropical Africa; the very remarkable genus Siphonogaster occurs in Egypt and in the neighbourhood of Lagos, W. Africa. But the banks of the Nile, or even the river itself (for many species of Earthworms can withstand a prolonged immersion in fresh water), have furnished, no doubt, the opportunity of migration. Mr. Alvan Millson, Colonial Secretary at Lagos, kindly collected for me a number of Earthworms in Egypt; all these species were members of the genera Lumbricus and Allolobophora. Besides Levinsen’s paper upon Siphonogaster and Digitibranchus (=Alma) we do not possess, I believe, any further information upon the Oligochzta of Egypt than that which has been given in the preceding sentence. Dr. Anderson’s collection contains examples of two recognizable species, Adlolobophoracomplanata and Microscolex modestus. Besides these, there are two or three immature forms of the genus ddlolo- bophora which are not old enough for identification. ALLOLOBOPHORA COMPLANATA (Dugts). Iumbricus complanatus, Dugés, Ann. Sci. Nat. t. vill. pp. 17, 22. This species is a well-known South-European form, having been met with in S. France, Italy, Portugal, and the Balearic Islands. I now add Algeria to the list of localities whence it has been ob- tained. The principal information as to the structure of this species is to be found in Dugés’s memoir upon the Earthworm, in Rosa’s account of the Lumbricids of Piedmont *, and in a paper by myself devoted to this species *. In neither of two specimens belonging to Dr. Anderson which I dissected was there any trace of the peculiar diverticula of the spermathecee which I described in the paper last referred to. As neither Dugés nor Rosa observed anything of the kind, it is possible that the individual I described should be regarded as a variety of the more typical form, the occurrence of which in Algeria I here record. MicroscoLex ALGERIENSIS, 0. Sp. There is only a single specimen of this species, which I investi- gated by means of longitudinal sections of the head end. The structure of the posterior segments was examined by mounting portions of the body in glycerine after having been cut open. It is a small worm, measuring only an inch or so in length and composed of 80-90 segments. Being curled into a circle in the preservation, [ am not able to give exact measurements, which are, however, not of very great importance. ' 1 ¢J Tumbricidi del Piémonte,’ Turin, 1885. 2 “Observations on the Structure of Lumbricus complanatus, Dug.,” Proce. Roy. Soe. Edinb. xiii. p. 451. 30 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 5, The prostomium is large, being larger than the diameter of the first segment. The sete are disposed precisely as in Microscolex modestus : that is to say, the setae are not in closely approximated pairs, and the distance between seta | and seta 2 is less than that between sete 3 and 4. The diagram given by Rosa of the setee of M. modestus would express, so far as I can make out, the relations of the set in M. algeriensis exactly. There is nothing noteworthy in the form of the sete. As in other Earthworms, the four sete of each side of the body in each segment are connected by muscular strands which favours, it may be supposed, their simultaneous movement. This muscle in Microscolez is easily overlooked, owing to its great thin- ness; it is not more than two fibres thick. The clitellum is complete (forming, that is, a ring) and occupies segments xiv.—xvii. with a part of xiii. Its structure is like that of other Earthworms. I could find no dorsal pores. The alimentary tract is peculiar from the absence of a gizzard, of which traces appear to exist in other species of Microscolex ; for in M. dubius Rosa speaks of “un ventriglio rudimentale, piatto, in forma di coppa;”’ as to the only other known form, Microscolexr modestus, Rosa found that “il ventriglio esiste, ma cosi rudimentale da non potersene veder le traccie che nelle sezioni.” It is not always possible to detect the presence or absence of a gizzard without having recourse to section cutting. Pontodrilus, for example, is stated by Perrier to be without this special region of the ceso- phagus ; but it is obviously present, though certainly much reduced, when the anterior region of the worm’s body is examined by means of sections. The pharynx ends in the third or fourth segment, and, as in other Earthworms, there are masses of glands upon the dorsal surface. These glands, which seem to represent a part of the system of septal glands in the lower Oligocheeta, are not confined, in Microscolex algeriensis, to the pharyngeal region of the alimentary tract ; they extend back as far as the ninth segment, and therefore suggest more clearly the septal glands, with which they must surely be homologous. It is interesting to recall the fact that these glands occur also in Ocnerodrilus, which is another form near to the border line between the terricolous and limicolous Oligochzeta, though nearer to the latter than is Mieroscolex. The esophagus of Microscolex algeriensis is divided into two regions; up to the end of segment vii. it is not markedly vascular, and the living epithelium is composed of more densely packed cells, which gives it a more deeply stained appearance under the micro- scope. The rest of the cesophagus has a richly-developed vascular network, and the epithelium, appears to have a looser texture, the cells being less tightly packed; from this circumstance the posterior region of the cesophagus looks paler in sections. In the xvth segment the cesophagus becomes much narrower and then suddenly widens into the intestine which commences in the xvith segment. 1892.] FROM ALGERIA AND TUNISIA. 31 The intestine has no typhlosole. The intersegmental septa are first visible after segment v. Those separating segments vii./vill., vili./ix., ix./x., x./Xi., xi./xii., xii./xili. are thicker than the following ones. Their insertion ventrally does not correspond with the interseg- mental furrows, and this absence of correspondence is found also further back. It is by no means unknown in other Earthworms, and is, as a rule, limited tothe anterior segments. Microscolex alge- riensis has nephridia in all segments of the body commencing with the second. They are paired and open in front of and a little to the outside of the third seta. In dissection the nephridia are seen to lie between the second and third setze on each side. There is a long muscular end-sac, which in section was invariably much crumpled owing to the thinness of its walls. ' The series of nephridia in this species is more complete than in either of the cther two species of the genus. It is important to notice that after the xviith segment the nephridia have a thickish coating of peritoneal cells. A difference of this kind often exsist between the anterior and posterior nephridia in Earthworms, though nothing of the kind has been mentioned by Rosa in this particular genus. With regard to the vascular system the most noteworthy point is the presence of three pairs of ‘ hearts’’ in segments x., xi., and xii. There are pericesophageal vessels in some of the segments anterior to the xth, but these are not so well developed as those of the three segments mentioned. The hearts of segment xii. are by far the stoutest ; their diameter is at least twice that of the preceding vessels, which are themselves of rather greater calibre than those of segment x. There is no sub-nervian vessel. The drain is situated in the second segment, near to its posterior boundary; the forward position of the brain is of interest. The generative system conforms to the general type met with among the Cryptodrilide. The testes are two pairs in segments x. and xi. Opposite to them are the not remarkably large funnels of the vasa deferentia ; the testes of segment xi. are partly attached to the vas deferens just where it perforates the segment. The sperm-sacs are in segments xi. and xii.; they involve neither the testes nor the funnels. The two vasa deferentia of each side of the body remain perfectly distinct from each other up to their point of opening on to the exterior. The two tubes run side by side in a rather sinuous course, just below the peritoneum. In the xviith segment are a pair of ‘‘ prostates,” or, as I prefer to call them, atria. They are of the tubular form, and, as usual, are separated into a glandular and a muscular portion. The minute structure of this tube is precisely as in Acanthodrilus, Pontodrilus, &c. The atria are not long, and are entirely contained within the xviith segment, instead of being, as is frequently the case, prolonged into adjoining segments. The exact mode in which the vasa deferentia open, I have not been able to ascertain. In any case the two tubes, still retaining their individuality, bore their way into the body-wall a little in front of the point where the atrium opens; they then pass 32 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 5, beyond the atrium, and, I imagine, open just at the atriopore, as in Ocnerodrilas ; but I am not certain about this. The atriopore is situated just to the outside of the ventralmost seta, which is not modified in any way; there are, in fact, no penial setee, such as occur in the other two species of the genus. The ovaries are in segment xiii. ‘The oviducts open by funnels into this segment opposite to the ovaries, and open to the exterior on segment xiv. Receptacula ovorum are present, and are of consi- derable size relatively to the sperm-sacs. There is a single pair of spermatothece present in segment ix. ; each opens on to the exterior just behind the septum which separates this segment from the one in front and in a line with the ventral seta. Each spermatotheca consists of an oval pouch and a single narrow diverticulum opening into it in front. MICROSCOLEX POULTONI, n. sp. It may be permissible to append to this paper the description of a fourth species of Microscolex, of which a number of examples were kindly collected for me in Madeira by Mr. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S. They measure, when preserved, about an inch in length; they are of a brown colour, the clitellum being orange. The clitellum is variable in extent, always, however, including segments Xiv.—xvi.; in some specimens a part or the whole of seg- ments xiii. and xvii. belonged also to the clitellum. Segments xiv.— xvi. were much broader than those immediately adjoining. The se¢@ are disposed as in other species of the genus; but upon the clitellum the ventral pair of sets of each side get very much closer together. On segments xiv., xv., Xvi., and xviii. the ventral sets (see draw- ing, fig. 1, p. 33) are separated from each other by a distance which is less than half that which separates the corresponding sete of segment x. From segment xix. backwards, and from segment xiii. forwards, the distance between the two ventral setze of each side gradually increases. The male pores are upon segment xvii.; each is situated upon an oval elevation, and through the aperture itself protrudes a single penial seta, which corresponds in position to the innermost seta of the ventral pair. The penial setz of this Microscolev are (see fig. 2, p. 34) long, slightly curved, and not ornamented at the free extremity ; when examived under a high power they show a faint transverse striation which marks the successive deposits of chitinous matter in the formation of the seta. There is a slight notch some little way in front of the distal extremity. The pharynx occupies the first 5 segments or so; there is not a great development of glands upon its upper surface, and there is no continuation of these septal glands into the cesophageal segments, such as occurs in Microscolex algeriensis. The esophagus imme- diately following the pharynx has, perhaps, slightly thicker walls than the hinder part ; but there is nothing that can be fairly termed a gizzard. 1892.] FROM ALGERIA AND TUNISIA. 33 The epithelial lining of the wsophagus is folded; this folding is perhaps more marked in segments xi., xii., and xiii. In segment xv. the cesophagus forms a globular dilatation, the walls of which are perfectly smooth without any folding; a very narrow aperture puts this into communication with the intestine which commences in the xvith segment. In the terminal dilatation of the cesophagus, the epithelium 2 ey Anterior segments of Microscolex poultoni from the ventral surface. The segments are numbered consecutively, those of the clitellum in Roman numerals, the others in Arabic numerals. On the anterior thirteen segments the nephridiopores are shown in front of the dorsal set. The oviducal pores are on segment xiv., the male pores on segment xvii. gradually gets higher until its cells are identical in appearance with the tall narrow columnar cells which form the lining membrane of the intestine. Just at the opening of the cesophagus into the in- testine, the cilia are very long and conspicuous ; but the cesophageal epithelium is also ciliated throughout the xvth segment ; in front of Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1892, No. III. 3 34 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 5, this point I could not be certain of the presence of cilia. The intestine has no typhlosole. The brain is situated further back in the body than in the last species ; it lies towards the posterior boundary of segment iii. The first intersegmental septum separates segments v./vi.; the septa separating segments vi./vii., vii./viii., vili./ix., ix./x., x./x1., xi./xil., Xil./xiil., xiii./xiv., xiv./xv. are shorter than those which follow, but there is not a very great increase of thickness in their Penial seta of Microscolex poultoni. muscular layers—not so much, for instance, as in the last species. The ventral insertion of the anterior septa does not coincide with the intersegmental furrows. The nephridia commence in segment iii. Their structure appears to be identical with that of the last described species. The first 1892.] FROM ALGERIA AND TUNISIA. 35 pair, although they lie chiefly in segment iii. in front of the nerve- cord, open on to the exterior between segments i. andii. On account of the large terminal end sac, which is prolonged on both sides of the aperture, and may be thus said to have a cecum, it is always easy to make out the external aperture. I ara therefore able to be confident about this point, which distinguishes the present species from both Microscolea dubius and Microscolex modestus, and allies it with Microscolex algeriensis. The external pore is to the inside, and slightly in front, of seta 3’. The three strongly developed hearts of segments x., xi., xii. are present in Microscolex poultoni. The generative organs show no great differences from those of other species. Asin MV, algeriensis, the true vasa deferentia retain their independence until close to the external aperture; they pass a short way beyond the muscular duct of the atrium, and unite to form one tube, which is surrounded with a thick layer of muscular fibres chiefly circular; this tube is quite indistinguishable in its structural characters from the muscular duct of the atrium; in a section the two tubes cannot be distinguished except by their position. In the thickness of the body-wall, and near to the external pore, they unite. The penial set have already been referred to. The sperm-sacs are racemose, and occupy the same position as in Microscolex algeriensis and all the other species of the genus. The funnels of the sperm-ducts are larger and more folded than in that species. I could find neither spermatothecz nor egg-sacs. This latter character connects Microscolex poultoni with M. dubius, but it is quite clear from the above description that the species described here is perfectly distinet from WM. dudius. The principal differences are :— (1) The fusion of vasa deferentia in MW. dubius to form one tube, which opens into the muscular tube of its prostate. (2) The commencement of the nephridia in the vth segment in M. dubius. (3) The absence of any alteration in the position of the seta on the clitellum in MZ. dubius. It shows much the same resemblances to M. dudius that WM. al- geriensis shows to M. modestus. If Dr. Rosa were not so careful a worker as he has proved himself, I should be almost inclined to suspect an identity. The genus WMicroscolea has been investigated by Rosa and Fletcher. It was first met with in Italy by Dr. Rosa’, who, in a later 1 The ventralmost seta on each side is seta 1, the next seta 2, &c. ; 2 « Microscolex modestus, n. gen., 0. sp.,’ Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, vol. ii. no. 19 (3 cuts). ue 36 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 5, paper ', surmised that Fletcher’s* Zudrilus dubius would prove to be a Microscolex. This suggestion was later® shown to be correct by the description of a species of Microscolex evidently identical with Eudrilus dubius from the Argentine. I received myself, some time since, a number of examples of a Microscolex from Madeira, through the kindness of Mr. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S., which are described above. The existing knowledge of the distribution of the genus is as follows :— 1. Microscolex modestus. Italy, Argentina. 2. Microscolex dubius. Australia, Argentina. 3. Dicroscolex algeriensis. Algiers. 4. Microscolex poultoni. Madeira. The characters of MW. algeriensis evidently necessitate a revision of Rosa’s generic definition given on p. 511 (3 of sep. copy) of his memoir on the Argentine Earthworms. The following points are, I think, sufficient to distinguish this genus from any other genera among the Cryptodrilide. Genus Microsco.ex, Rosa. Microscolex, Rosa, Boll. Mus. Zooi. Torino, vol. ii. no. 19. Sete 8 per segment, distant. Clitellum on segments xiil., xiv., XV., XVi., Xxvil., complete. SG pores on xvii. No dorsal pores. Subnervian vessel absent. Nephridia paired, present in genital segments. Hearts, 3 pairs in segments x., xi., xii. Giszard absent or rudimentary. Intestine without typhlosole. Atria tubular, with or without penial sete. Spermatotheca (if present) one pair in ix., with diverticulum. The affinities of the genus have been discussed by Rosa, who com- pares Microscolex with Photodrilus and Pontodrilus. I may point out that the absence of penial sete in Microscolex algeriensis lessens the distance between the genus and Pontodrilus. The species which I describe here is quite clearly distinct from the two others. The table (on p. 37) indicates the principal re- semblances and differences between the four species Microscolex dubius, M. modestus, M. alyeriensis, and M. poultoni. 1 “Sui generi Pontodrilus, Microscolex, e Photodrilus,” 1. c. vol. ili. no. 39. ? “Notes on Australian Earthworms,” pt. iii., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vol. li. ser. 2. ° “T terricoli Argentini raccolti dal Dott. Carlo Spegazzini,” Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vol. ix. ser. 2. 37 FROM ALGERIA AND TUNISIA. 1892.] CHHAUNTE temucetsvardiosvaihere NOP IAULU Ew cr euaedevnders d¥y ve GREZOr. eeciotte Weis acceso Spermatothecd ....cccccerree Vasa deferentia........csceee Penial sete eee eee reer Receptacula ovorum ......... M. dubius. On segments 13-17. Commence in 5, Rudimentary. Absent. Unite to form one tube on each side, which opens) into muscular tube of, atrium. Present, Absent ? | | | M. modestus. 13-17. Commence in 4. Rudimentary, One pair. Present. Present. M., algeriensis. 13-17. Commence in 2. Absent. One pair. Remain separate, and open into atrial duct just before (?) external pore. Absent, Present. M, poultoni. 13-16 ! (17). Commence in 2. Absent. Absent. Remain separate up to atria, when they fuse and become invested in a muscular sheath ; the tube thus formed unites with atrial tube just before external aperture. Absent. Absent. a eee SS ee eee Ee eS eae " The line above or below the number indicates that a part only of the segment in question is included in the clitellum. 38 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON THE (Jan. 5, 4, On the Milk-Dentition of Procavia (Hyrax) capensis and of the Rabbit (Lepus cuniculus), with Remarks on the Relation of the Milk and Permanent Dentitions of the Mammalia. _ By M. F. Woopwarp, Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal College of Science, London’, [Received January 5, 1892.] (Plate II.) } I. Historical. The dentition of such an interesting Mammal as Hyraz, as may readily be supposed, has been carefully studied by many zoologists, who, probably owing to the fact that many of them based their descriptions upon one or two dried skulls only, have given the most varied interpretations of the teeth. As a result we find a great discrepancy in the dental formule given in their various monographs and in the text-books compiled from them. Most of the earlier authorities agreed as to the absence of canines, but disagreed as to the total number of teeth present (viz. 34 or 36) and as to the number of true molars and incisors, the most commonly accepted formula being i. > c. 4 pm. ee m. a= 34, Many observers, however, state that there are present at one time 8 cheek- teeth above, and as they regard the extra tooth as a molar, they formulate the molars as 3-4 above and 3 below. More rarely we find the incisors described as being : ; and lastly, two observers” have described a pair of canines as being present in the upper jaw. All are agreed as to the number of teeth present in the Jower jaw of the adult, viz. 9; but there is much disagreement as to the total number of teeth present in the upper jaw (viz. 8-9), and also as to the homologies of the individual teeth and sets of teeth. Most state emphatically that there are no canines present in either jaw. Cuvier, however, asserted (4) that there was a pair of small canines present in the upper jaw of the young animal, and he re- garded them as the accessory teeth of Pallas (25), but this opinion he afterwards retracted (5). It remained for Lataste (19) to be the first to show definitely that there is present in the upper jaw of all young specimens a pair of small canines; he has shown that these are shed early in life and that they rarely persist till the completion of the second den- tition. He bases his conclusions on the shape and position of these teeth together with the characters of the 2nd maxillary tooth (ist premolar) as exemplified in a very large series of skulls of all ages, and finally on a comparison with the teeth of the near allies 1 Communicated by Prof. Howes. * Cuvier (4) and Lataste (19). “F MF. Woodward del. MP. Parker lith PZ Slbee. cleans Ie, West, Newman imp. Milk-dentition of Hyrax and Lepus. 1892.] MILK-DENTITION OF PROCAVIA CAPENSIS. 39 of Hyrazx (viz., the Rhinoceros, Tapir, and Horse), which never possess more than seven cheek-teeth (molars and premolars), while showing all stages in the development of the canine. He has succeeded in showing that many of the earlier observers figured and described these canines, mistaking them for the lst premolars, on account of the resemblance between the latter in the second dentition and the milk-canines. But although the lst premolar in the second dentition is much reduced and has sometimes only one fang, it is situated some distance from the premaxillo-maxillary suture, and in the first dentition has a large crushing crown and is two-fanged. He considers that the canines, together with the 1st premolar, are under- going suppression, and that as a consequence of this the former teeth have lost their more typical characters. With the exception of Giebel (12, 13) and Brandt (2), all observers state that there is only a single pair of incisors in the upper jaw. These two authorities, however, bave described in the young animal a second small and posterior incisor, which is early shed and is situated in the premaxilla behind the large first milk-incisor. This tooth is not to be confounded with the milk-incisor No. 1, which is a large tooth situated between the two permanent ones, as figured by Cuvier (5)and Blainville (1); it undoubtedly represents a 2nd upper incisor, although in all probability it is only a milk-tooth, always present in the fcetus, but seldom, I believe, persistent after birth. Giebel and Brandt were of opinion that Cuvier mistook these small incisors for canines ; but as the former are situated in the gum which covers the premaxilla, while the latter lie well within the maxilla, their position implies that he did not understand what is generally supposed to be the fundamental distinction of the canine, viz., that it is typically a single-fanged pointed tooth implanted in the maxilla just behind the premaxillo-maxillary suture. It has been already noted that no observer has seen more than 9 teeth in the upper jaw; none of those who describe the presence of a canine make the slightest allusion to the presence of 2 upper incisors, and further perusal of the descriptions alluded to shows that those who described the 2nd incisor almost certainly were dealing with Cuvier’s canine. This is probably due to the fact that the earlier observers do not seem to have had access to some of the monographs of their predecessors, but it does not excuse a modern European writer like Lataste having apparently failed to consult a classical work like Brandt’s Monograph on Hyraa, or a standard one such as Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reich.’ Il. Results of the present Investigation. The material which I have examined was kindly placed at my disposal by Prof. Howes, and consisted of 5 foetal examples of Hyraz capensis preserved in spirit, being the specimens the placenta of which was described by Prof. Huxley before this Society in 1863". The 1 P.Z.8. 1865, p. 655. AU MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON THE [Jan. 5, specimens measure about 12°5 centim. long and only show a few of the larger hairs. The method adopted for the examination of the teeth is, I believe, the only reliable one (if employed in connexion with serial sections) by which the true relations of developing teeth in a young animal can be made out. The skin was carefully removed from the sides of the jaw, and the whole jaw, with gum covering it intact, was placed in absolute alcohol and thoroughly dehydrated ; it was then clarified in clove-oil, and either examined in that medium or mounted in Canada balsam. By this treatment the teeth are seen through the bones in their natural position in relation to one another and to the surrounding parts, whereas by dissection they are apt to be displaced. Further, some teeth when undergoing suppression are so minute as to be practically invisible to the unaided eye, so that under manipulation by ordinary dissection they would be entirely overlooked. On the other hand, if exclusively examined in serial sections it is doubtful if their exact position and relationships could be determined with absolute accuracy. This is notably the case with the anterior milk- incisors of the Rabbit (the upper of which measures only *13 millim. in length) described by Huxley (16) (figs. 4 & 5, di’), and which were discovered by this method, Huxley being, I believe, the first to apply it to the examination of tooth relationships. It is worthy of note that the method does not prevent one after- wards sectionizing the jaw; in fact, it is best to examine the jaw first in this way in order to see exactly what teeth are present and what are their positions, as it then becomes much easier to interpret the appearances presented by serial sections. A microscopic examination of the clarified jaw (Plate II. fig. 1) shows that there are present at this age 8 teeth in the upper jaw and 7 in the lower one. Those of the upper jaw may be divided into premaxillary and inaxillary teeth, there being 3 of the former (fig. 1, dz’, di’, di’) and 5 of the latier (fig. 1, ¢, 1., u1., 111, Iv.). The first pre- maxillary tooth is very large and roughly conical ; it lies completely buried in the bone and, from a comparison of a series of skulls, it becomes evident that it is the milk predecessor of the large permanent incisor ; it attains a considerable size and persists for a long period after birth. As the foetus was very young, the permanent incisor had not yet been differentiated. The two posterior premaxillary teeth (fig. 1, di’, di*) are very small, and variable ; both were present in three out of six preparations, one only was present in two, and both were wanting in the other. In two cases they were very fully developed (fig. 2, di”, di), although small, and the anterior one was in all cases the largest. In the speci- men figured the measurement of the anterior one (di’) is ‘62 millim. long X ‘35 millim., that of the posterior one (dz’) being *31 millim. long x °19 millim. The anterior one presents a small conical crown composed of a distinct layer of enamel and dentine (fig. 2, di*, c, and d), a well- 1892.] MILK-DENTITION OF PROCAYVIA CAPENSIS. 41 marked cervix, and a simple single fang, slightly constricted at its base. The smaller posterior one (fig. 2, di”) is much simpler and not so much calcified, and although it had no distinct fang yet the pulp-cavity was already partially constricted. In position the two teeth lie close to the surface of the gum, and though they overlap the premaxilla they are really external to it, alveoli being undeveloped *. The anterior one lies just in front of the premaxillo-maxillary suture (fig. 1, ms.), while the smaller pos- terior one lies just between the two bones, but under cover of the premaxilla and quite in front of the maxilla. In the two cases where only one of these teeth was developed, it was obvionsly the anterior one from its position ; it was larger and rounder than the one figured (figs. 1 & 2, di”), and was evidently younger and still undergoing development. The maxillary series of teeth are 5 in number: the first (fig. 1, ¢), a small unealcified tooth-germ, which lies close to the anterior border of the maxilla, is obviously the canine ; while the four remaining ones (fig. 1, 1., 11.,111., 1v.) represent the deciduous premolars and have not yet developed their fangs. They are simple calcified cappings of the pulp, the only points of interest about them being their proximity to the premaxillo-maxillary suture and the manner in which the first one is displaced so as to partially overlie the second. Examining the teeth of the upper jaw as an entire series, we see at once that the most fully formed ones are the two small posterior premaxillary teeth (di*, di®). Unlike the remaining teeth, all of which lie deep down in the bone, these small ones are situated close to the surface of the gum, so that they must evidently cut the gum first if not absorbed. A tooth whose crown is once calcified does not, as a rule, increase in transverse diameter, because the dentine composing the greater part of it is deposited from within outwardly ; so that when dealing with a tooth possessing well-marked layers of dentine and enamel, one is fairly safe in saying that the crown will not enlarge much transversely. When the fang is formed and partially constricted at its base, one is justified in regarding that tooth as being fully formed, as the constriction of the pulp-cavity only takes place after the completion of the tooth. The small teeth (fig. 2, di’, di*), in possessing the above characters, may be safely regarded as having attained their full size and being ready to cut the gum. We have now to determine the homologies of these teeth. As we have seen, they are situated in the premaxilla behind the large incisor and immediately in front of the canine. The only teeth they can represent are the 2nd and 3rd incisors ; so that the large incisor is thus proved from its position to be the first or anterior one. From the earlier development and small size of the 2nd and 3rd 1 Jaeger (JB. nat. Ver. Wiirzb. 1860, xvi.) regards Cuvier’s “ ¢rous incisifs” as the remainder of a deciduous 2nd incisor ; but as the 2nd incisor very rarely persists and is generally external to the premaxilla, it is improbable that this depression, which is fairly constant, can represent its alveolus. 42 MR. M. F WOODWARD ON THE [Jan. 5, incisors it is highly improbable that they could persist after birth, whence we may reasonably look upon them as destined to be in all probability either absorbed or shed in utero. Giebel and Brandt, as already mentioned, have described two Mcigors on either side of the upper jaw of young animals, and it seems, therefore, probable that the 2nd incisor may persist occasion- ally, especially as in two of my preparations, where only one of these teeth was present, the second incisor had undergone an increase in size, although it had not yet developed a fang ; in fact, it was much more in the condition of the other milk-teeth, being more normally developed. It will be observed from this that there is nothing which will justify the unqualified assertion of Giebel and others before alluded to, that two upper incisors normally exist in the permanent dentition; for these small teeth never, I believe, persist till the permanent teeth appear; although they are only represented in one dentition, I incline to the belief that they should be regarded as milk-teeth. ; In the lower jaw (Plate II. fig. 1),in addition to the 2 typical in- cisors and 4 premolars, we find on either side a small well-developed tooth (fig. 1, ¢) situated between the incisors and the first premolar. It lies close to the surface of the gum and is intermediate in size between the two vestigial upper incisors, measuring ‘4 millim. long x °3 millim. wide, and is correspondingly well developed (fig. 2,c). It possesses well-marked enamel and dentine layers to the crown and a small simple fang. Like the small teeth in the upper jaw, its parts are all fully developed ; but it is so small that, as in the case of the 3rd upper incisor, it has never before been observed. It certainly never persists after birth, even if it ever cuts the gum at all. When the jaws are closed, this tooth is situated just between the upper canine and the third upper incisor, a position which suggests that it is the lower canine; but it is so close to the lower incisor that it might very well be the missing tooth of that series. When, however, we note the order of suppression going on in the upper jaw, we find that while the two posterior incisors rarely persist, the canine is occasionally present even in the second dentition ; this suggests that the latter is not so fully reduced as the incisor, wherefore we might, by analogy, fairly expect to see the canine more pronounced in the lower jaw. Further, recent observers’ find in the Rhinoceros, one of the immediate allies of Hyraz, where only one of the anterior series of mandibular non-cheek teeth remains, that that is in all probability the canine and not an incisor. From argument by analogy, I am therefore inclined to regard this small disappearing tooth as the lower canine, the 3rd and pos- terior incisor having apparently completely disappeared. From the foregoing it may safely be concluded not only that the canines have, in Hyraz, ceased to have avy functional importance, but that the incisors are being reduced in number by the suppression of the posterior ones. In the permanent dentition the first premolars, both above and 1 Lydekker, in Flower & Lydekker (9). 1892. | MILK-DENTITION OF PROCAVIA CAPENSIS. 43 below, are much reduced (though well developed as milk-teeth), often bearing but a single fang, and are early shed. It appears to be generally the rule amongst herbivorous animals that there is a suppression of the anterior teeth of the maxillary series, often accompanied by a reduction in number of the incisors and an increase in size of the remaining teeth. From this it would seem probable that Hyraz, in which the food and habits are very similar to those of the Rodentia and herbivorous mammals, would find it more serviceable to possess one or two pairs of large cutting incisors than three smaller ones ; and the very early development and large size of the anterior incisors and of the large grinding premolars becomes readily intelligible upon this hypothesis. If the jaws of the foetus be examined in relation to the entire milk-dentition and to the rest of the skull, they will be seen to be relatively very small. Comparison of a series of skulls shows that the elongation of the jaws is attained very late, and that above it mainly involves the premaxillary and anterior maxillary regions. The conditions are such that in the young animal the jaws are uncomfortably crowded with teeth; this is especially noticeable in regard to the position of the first premolars (fig. 1, 1.) and in the ves- tigial condition of the 2nd and 3rd upper incisors and of both canines. The clue to the ultimate suppression of the hinder incisors and the lower canine, and to the vestigial nature of the upper canine and both first premolars in the second dentition, appears to me to lie in the consideration of the above facts. The large size and early development of some of the teeth render it obvious that these would take up more than their proper share cf space and nourishment in the already overcrowded jaw, and we accordingly find that some of the teeth, which were of least functional importance, become either stunted or entirely crowded out of the jaw before it elongates. The premolars of the foetus (fig. 1) extend forwards to the pre- maxillo-maxillary suture ; and comparison with the adult shows that the diastemata possessed by the animal are more nearly the result of a secondary elongation of the jaws themselves than of the mere suppression of certain teeth. III. General Considerations. It will be seen from the foregoing description that Hyrax possesses several teeth which are only represented in one dentition. The question then arises whether these are to be considered as belonging to the lst or to the 2nd series, and the answer to it involves a brief consideration of the relations existing between the two dentitions in the class Mammalia. Prof. Flower (6, 7, 8, 9), in his various contributions to the study of Mammalian odontology, has all along sought to show that mam- mals were primitively monophyodont, and that the original single set of teeth is represented in the permanent (successional) teeth of the Diphyodonts, the possession of a milk or first dentition being a 44 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON THE [Jan. 5, secondarily acquired character, developed comparatively late in the evolution of the class. Detailed perusal of his writings shows these conclusions to be drawn to a large extent from the study of the Marsupialia and especially of Thylacinus ; the solitary tooth shed by that animal he regards as the sole representative of the milk or first dentition of its higher allies (Eutheria), believing the rest of its teeth to represent the permanent or successional second dentition of the latter. At the same time (7. p. 2) he has pointed out (and laid great stress on the fact) that the milk-teeth of the Eutheria invariably show a more primitive pattern and shape than those of the permanent or second series which replace them. The latter are often highly specialized : while the former often (as is especially the case with the Ungulates) agree more or less closely with the permanent teeth of the extinct ancestors of the order. He concludes that when one set of teeth only are present, as in the Cetacea, it is invariably the permanent or 2nd one, the milk or Ist set being either not developed or suppressed. Arguing along the same lines, he considers that when a tooth such as the Ist premolar in many diphyodont mammals is only present in one dentition (even though in many cases it is very early lost), it must belong to the 2nd or permanent series. Thomas (26, 27) has lately accepted Flower’s views as to the relation of the two dentitions, and has added largely to our know- ledge of the dentition of Marsupials, Edentates, and Monotremes. He shows conclusively that it is invariably the 4th premolar (not the 3rd as Flower thought) which is replaced by a vertical successor in the Marsupials, thus bringing the dentition of Marsupials and Placentals into more complete harmony ; while among the Edentates he has proved the existence of a milk-dentition in Orycteropus (26). More recently Kiikenthal (18), in a preliminary account of some researches on the development of the Cetacean teeth, has sought to show that, exclusive of the Monotremes, there is no such thing as a monophyodont mammal. In all Cetacea (the typical monophyodonts) he finds that rudimentary successional teeth appear in connexion either with the more fully developed functional ones of the toothed- whales or with the functionless tooth-points of the Mysticeti. He argues from this that these supposed typical Monophyodonts are really modified Diphyodonts, and further that their functional or most fully developed teeth belong to the Ist or milk-dentition, and not, as Flower supposed, to the 2ud set. He also advances some reasons for believing that the homodont condition may be arrived at by a splitting up of the primitive complex teeth of an original heterodont type. In the Marsupials’, from a careful examination of the developing 1 Since the above was written Kikenthal has published (Anat. Anz. 1891, p- 658) the details of his work on Didelphys, giving figures of the rudimentary successional teeth in connexion with the incisors, premolars, and even molars, the last being thus shown in the Marsupials to belong to the Ist dentition. These observations I can confirm so far as the incisors and molars of Didelphys are concerned, but in Tvichosurus I can find no trace of the teeth successional to the molars. This may be owing to the embryo being too young. 1892.] MILK-DENTITION OF PROCAVIA CAPENSIS. 45 teeth of Didelphys, he claims to have found that, besides the succes- sional tooth to the 4th premolar, there are present indications of the enamel organs of the successional teeth in connexion with all those which remain; showing that the adult dentition of the Marsupials, with the exception of the 4th premolar, corresponds with the Ist or milk-dentition of the Placentalia, and not, as Flower and Thomas have held, with the 2nd or permanent one. From these and other considerations he argues that the two dentitions among mammals are much more constant than has gene- rally been supposed, and that they are probably of equal value— being developed side by side in the jaw from a common enamel ridge ; and he furtber points out that while the 1st dentition attains its maximum development in the Marsupials and Cetacea, as we ascend in the mammalian series it diminishes in importance, so much so that in many animals (e. g. the Seals) it becomes quite rudimentary, while in others (. e. Rodents) it possibly disappears altogether. Should further enquiry substantiate Kiikenthal’s deductions that all mammals develop representatives of both sets of teeth, the advisability of retaining the terms Monophyodont and Diphyodont will have to be considered. The facts to which I have herein drawn attention (above, pp. 40-42), taken in conjunction with Kiikenthal’s assertions just alluded to, show that with regard to teeth present in one dentition only, it is impossible to say for certain, upon mere examination of the dried skull, to which set they belong, and even comparative anatomy does not help us much (as in the case of the Ist premolar of Ungulates). We must rely entirely upon the study of development, and must base our determination upon the examination of a series of foetal jaws. In view of this I am of opinion that we shall sooner or later find in the rest of the Edentates, the Sirenia, and probably in some Marsupials, that vestigial milk or rudimentary successional teeth, which probably never cut the gum, are almost certain to be present in some form or other—either as calcified structures or simply as enamel organs. Should there be found teeth in the foetus showing no signs either of duplication or replacement by vertical successors, there will be good reasons for regarding them as belonging to the milk or first dentition, as this is invariably developed first in time. From these considerations I should conclude that the vestigial teeth which I have described in Hyraw (viz., the two posterior upper _ incisors and the lower canine), together with the upper canine described by Lataste, which has not been seen to be replaced by a successional tooth although sometimes persisting with the per- manent teeth, belong exclusively to the Ist or milk series, which would then read as follows, viz. :— 1. 3, C. ? pm. a0 while the adult dentition would be wid (1) 4 sill 1. ye Cc. OP? pm. P ml. 334 (2 36). 46 MR. M, F. WOODWARD ON THE [ Jan. 5, IV. The Milk-Dentition of the Rabbit (Lepus cuniculus). Although the Rabbit is so universally studied in our own labora- tories and its anatomy is described in detail in so many of our practical hand-books, not one of the latter rightly deseribes its milk- dentition, in spite of the fact that all the details concerning it have been long ago recorded. If one examines the jaws of a Rabbit from 2-3 weeks old (Plate IT. fig. 3), one finds on each side of the upper jaw 6 incisors arranged in two linear series, 3 on each side of the middle line ; the anterior tooth of each set is known to be the great permaneut front incisor, while the others have been variously interpreted. F. Cuvier (3), in the first place, described them as representing the 2nd and 3rd upper incisors ; his statement has been copied b several authors (9, 15, 29), who have thus ascribed to the Rabbit at birth 3 incisors, stating that the outer one is soon lost. This determination of Cuvier’s was refuted by Owen (23) as long ago as 1868 and later by Krause (17). These two observers show that the middle tooth of each series (fig. 3, di”) is in reality the 2nd milk-incisor ; it is a functional tooth for the first three weeks of the animal’s life, after which time it is shed, being pushed out by its successor (fig. 3, pz”). The deciduous tooth in the specimen figured is small and wedge-shaped, its crown being much worn, while its successor presents a conical unworn extremity, having only just cut the gum. This latter tooth is the one described by Cuvier as being the 3rd incisor and by others as being early lost (9, 15, 29). The probable reason that the 2nd milk-incisor and its successor are present for some time side by side, after the latter has cut the gum, may be implied in the fact that the deciduous tooth is as it were wedged in between the great anterior inciscr and its own successor and is rather worn away by attrition than shed. The study of the development of these teeth shows at once that these two (fig. 3, di”, pi”) are formed from a common enamel organ, and that they possess the relatiens of a typical tooth of the Ist to its successor in the 2nd dentition. The fact that the permanent tooth cuts the gum posteriorly to the milk-tooth, instead of develop- ing underneath the latter and gradually pushing it out, goes for nothing, when we consider that the permanent tooth is typically developed on the inner side of its milk predecessor and not below it. We see from the above that there are only 2 incisors on each side of the adult upper jaw, and no examination of even the youngest foetus in which the teeth are appearing shows us any trace of a 3rd one. The deciduous premolars of the upper series are 3 in number, and, as may be seen, they persist until the animal is between 3 and 4 weeks old (not, as stated by Marshall and Hurst (22), being shed before birth). These teeth have been long known and are figured by Owen (23); the principal point of interest about them is their possession of true fangs and their replacement by more specialized teeth which grow from persistent pulps. 1892.] MILK-DENTITION OF PROCAYIA CAPENSIS. 47 Completing the cheek-teeth above we find at the same age 2 molars in use, and a 3rd developing one buried up in the maxilla. The lower teeth at this age call for no special comment ; there are the characteristic inferior incisors (1 on each side), 2 deciduous premolars, having the same characters as those of the upper set. Behind these are 2 molars, the 3rd not having yet cut the gum. In a footnote to a paper printed in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society, Prof. Huxley (16) in 1880 mentioned that he had discovered in the foetal Rabbit vestigial milk predecessors to the large upper and lower incisors, thus making the full milk or 1st dentition to be i. a pm. This discovery has been generally overlooked by the writers of works dealing with the Mammalia and the Lagomorpha. Having examined his preparations and subsequently worked out this point in a number of feetal Rabbits from the time when the teeth first appear until birth, I can entirely confirm Huxley’s statement. Fig. 4 is a drawing of the clarified jaws of a foetal Rabbit. At this period there are present 7 teeth in the upper and 5 in the lower jaw. Of those in the upper jaw the first 3 are incisors, the large tooth (pi') being the permanent anterior one and the smallest tooth (di*) being the milk 2nd incisor, the permanent one not being yet differentiated. The cheek-teeth are 4 in number and represent the 3 deciduous premolars (d.pm.) and the 1st molar (m’). In the lower jaw the large incisor (pi,) is well developed, but there are only 3 cheek-teeth, viz. the two milk premolars (d.pm.) and the anterior molar (m,). In front of each of the large incisors (pi', pi,), above and below, is a small tooth (di’, di,}, rather irregular in appearance, but with its crown composed of typical layers of enamel and dentine (fig. 5, di’, di,), and possessing all the essential structures of atooth. In size these teeth are the smallest in the jaws and measure as follows:—the upper one (di) ‘13 millim. long x -09 wide ; the lower one (di,), which is much larger and varies somewhat, being 19-34 millim. long and *12-"16 wide. Examination of young jaws shows that these minute teeth are among the first to develop, and when they appear they attain with their enamel organs a relatively large size in proportion to the jaw. Their growth is early arrested and they remain in a dwarfed con- dition ; if carefully examined they are seen to present an irregular contour, and this I regard as expressive of their partial absorption. They are eventually forced out of the gum, about birth, by the growing permanent teeth. These small teeth develop in common enamel organs with the permanent cutting-incisors, of which they are, as Huxley pointed out, the milk predecessors. As has been shown, they are uever functional, and, like the milk-premolar of the Guinea-pig (Cuvier), they are shed in utero. The Rabbit, so far as we know, is the only Rodent possessing milk predecessors to both incisors; while it and the Common Hare are the only Rodents known to possess deciduous incisors. 48 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON THE (Jan. 5, There can be very little doubt that the Duplicidentata, as concerns their teeth, are the most primitive living Rodents; and as the deciduous front incisors have almost disappeared in them, we could hardly expect to find them present in the more modified forms, where the teeth are reduced in number. It is, however, highly probable that we might find them in the Hare and possibly in Lagomys. ‘Krause (17), in describing the deciduous teeth of the Rabbit, gives the formula i. pm. > which, as I have shown, is the correct one; but although he gives the correct formula, he cannot have seen the small deciduous first incisors ; in fact, he says (op. cit. p. 199) “the four large incisors persist from the beginning” ; so that he counts the large cutting-incisors twice over, first in the deciduous and afterwards in the permanent dentition, solely on the grounds that they happen to be formed very early, when none but milk- teeth are present in the jaw. The discovery of these teeth is entirely due to Huxley, but as he only mentioned it in a passing footnote appended to a paper dealing with much wider questions, and as he never figured them, I append ficures, in illustration of my more detailed account of them. In concluding, I should like to express my thanks to Mr. Oldfield Thomas for his kind assistance in allowing me access to a fine series of Hyraa skulls in the British Museum, and to Prof. Howes for his valuable advice and suggestions during the progress of this work. V. List of References. . Buarnvitte. Ostéographie, t. vi. p. 38. . Branpr, J.F. “Ueber d. Gattung d. Klippschliefer (Hyrax).” Mém. Ac. Pétersb. (7) xiv. 1869. Cuvier, F. Dents d. Mammif. 1825. Cuvier, G. Ann. d. Mus. Paris, t. iii. 1804, p. 177. . Recherches s. 1. oss. Fossil. 4th ed., t. iil. 1834, p. 253. . Frower, W. H. ‘On the Homologies of the Teeth of the Mammalia.” J. Anat. Phys. vol. iil. 1869, p. 262. . © Onthe Milk Deutition of Mammalia.” Trans. Odount. Soc. 1871. . “On the Succession of the Teeth in the Marsupialia.” Phil. Trans. vol. 157, 1867, p. 631. . Frowrer, W. H., & Lypexxer. ‘“ Mammalia.” Lond., 1891. . Grorce. “Monogr. Anat. d. Daman.” Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) t. i. 1874, Art. 9, pp. 83-86. . Gervais. Hist. Nat. d. Mammif. 1855. . GreBeL. Odontographie, p. 75, 1855. Bronn’s Thier-Reich, Bd. vi. Abth. v. p. 118, 1875. . Gray, J. E. Cat. of Carniv. and Pachyderm. Mammalia Brit. Mus. 1869. © Ost SUR “por rey i=) ecegee 0d eS 1892. ] MILK-DENTITION OF PROCAVIA CAPENSIS. 49 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24, 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. Huxtey, T. H. Manual Vert. Anat. 1871. ——. ‘*Eyolution and the Arrangement of the Vertebrata.” P. Z. S. 1880, p. 655. Krause. Anat. d. Kaninchens. Leipzig, 1884, p. 198. Ktxentuat, W. “Bemerkungen ii. d. Siugetier-Bezahnung.”’ Anat. Anz. 1891, pp. 364, 658. Larastr, F. “S.1. Syst8me Dentaire d. Daman.” Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) t. iv. (xxiv.) 1886, p. 5. Mitne-Epwaros. Mammif. 1868. . Legons s. 1. Physiol. t. 6 (1860). Marsuatu & Hurst. Practical Zoology, 2nd ed. 1888. Owen, R. Comp. Anat. Vert. vol. iii. p. 356 (1868). Odontography. Patuas. Miscell. Zool. 1776, p. 34. Tuomas, O. “ Milk-Dentition of Orycteropus.” Proc. Roy. Soe. vol. xlvii. 1889-90, p. 246. . Homologies and succession of Teeth in Dasyuride.” Phil. Trans. vol. 178. B. 1887, p. 443. Waener, A. Schreber’s Die Siugethiere, 1844, Bd. 4, p. 307. Warernouse. Nat. Hist. Mamm. vol. i1., 1848. EXPLANATION OF PLATE II, Milk-dentition of Hyrax capensis and Lepus cuniculus. n=nasal, pmx=premaxilla, mx=maxilla. mdad=mandible, ms=premaxillo-maxillary suture. di‘, di*, di‘=upper deciduous incisors. di,, di,, di,=lower deciduous incisors. pi', pi*=upper permanent incisors, pi,=lower permanent incisor. c=upper canine; ¢,=Jower canine. I, I, 11, 1V=the 4 deciduous premolars. d.pm=deciduous premolars. m'=I\st upper molar; m,=I1st lower molar. d=dentine ; e=enamel; f=fang; p.c=pulp-cavity. Fig. 1. Clarified jaws of a foetal Hyrax, showing the teeth 7 situ, x 4. 2. Enlarged drawings of the 2nd and 3rd upper incisors (di, di?) and the lower canine (c,) of the above, X 50. 3. Clarified vertical longitudinal section through the premaxilla of a Rabbit, showing the relation of the permanent front incisor (pi') and the deciduous (di*) and permanent (pz*) second incisor. 4. Clarified jaws of a foetal Rabbit, shortly before birth, to show the vestigial milk anterior incisors (d7’ and di,). 5. Enlarged drawing of the vestigial anterior milk-incisors of the Rabbit, x 100. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. IV. 4 50 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE (Jan. 5, 5. On the Species of the Hyracoidea. By Ouprretp Tuomas, F.Z.S. [Received December 1, 1891.] (Plate III.) The present paper is an attempt to work out the species con- tained in the group Hyracoidea, a group which has of late years attracted the attention of several prominent systematic workers, but which, owing partly to its inherent difficulties and partly to want of material, has remained in a terrible state of chaos. The difficulties of the subject are indeed so great, owing mainly to the slight differ- ences and great variability of the species, that in spite of my material being many-fold greater than that available for any of my predecessors, I can only feel that my results are quite provisional, and will need further revision when larger and better series from more localities are obtained. The material before me consists of about 120 skins and spirit specimens, and 122 skulls and skeletons, a number far in excess of what any previous worker has had. ‘This number is made up, firstly, of the Museum series (71 skins &c., 67 skulls), which contains the types of the species described by Gray* in his many papers on the subject, and the large series of Abyssinian specimens collected by Mr. W. T. Blanford and used as the basis of his work on the roup. Benandlys the fine series (47 skins &c., 48 skulls) belonging to the Genoa Museum, containing large numbers of the Abyssinian and Shoan forms and also the only good specimens that I have seen of the Senegal Hyrax (Procavia latastei). This collection formed the basis of M. Lataste’s work on the group’*—work only just begun, and of which only a few preliminary remarks had been published, but work nevertheless of the highest and most thoughtful character, so that it has been a great misfortune in this respect that M. Lataste has had to throw up the Hyracoidea on quitting Europe for S. America. All his drawings and notes, however, have been transmitted to me by the Marquis G. Doria, to whom I also owe the loan of the collection itself, and to whom therefore my most sincere thanks are due. Thirdly, four skulls of the Angolan species, including the type skulls of both P. welwitschii and P. grayi, kindly lent me by Prof. Barboza du Bocage of the Lisbon Museum, these being the skulls described and figured by him in his excellent paper on the genus published in 1889. Fourthly, two skulls ef P. syriaca lent me by Dr. P. Matschie of the Berlin Museum, with the permission of Prof. Mobius. I am also indebted to the former for much assistance in reference to the 1 Except that of P. welwitschii. ® Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. p. 6 (1886). Big. aoa! M. Horman-Fisher del.et lth. Mintern Bros. imp. SKULL OF PROCAVIA PALLIDA. 1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 51 type specimens of Hemprich and Ehrenberg’s species preserved in Berlin. Fifthly, a skin of the same species lent me by Canon H. B. Tris- tram of Durham. It will be seen therefore that not only is the present series unpre- cedently large in point of numbers, but that it contains the actual specimens referred to by all the chief writers on the subject of recent years, viz. Gray, Blanford, Lataste, and Bocage. Of their papers I would call special attention to that by M. Lataste, already briefly referred to, on the skulls and dentitions of the different *‘ subgenera,”’ and especially to his theory that the minute anterior maxillary tooth of the milk-dentition is a milk-canine which does not have a successor. This theory I believe to be perfectly correct, and am most glad to be able independently to confirm Lataste’s observation. This tooth appears most certainly to be homologous with the milk-canine of other mammals, even though it is ordinarily situated some way behind the maxillo-premaxillary suture. M. Lataste’s other work on the group, being in the form of draw- ings and rough notes, I have found it very difficult to utilize, espe- cially as our opinions are naturally very frequently divergent. If, however, I have published any observation which he has previously discovered and recorded, I must ask his pardon and plead as an excuse the very rough character of the notes which he has made: The excellent paper by Prof. Barboza du Bocage' should also be referred to, as he has given in it not only full and detailed descrip- tions of the three Angolan species, in some ways the most interesting, because the most annectant, of the genus, but he has also given a complete list of all the known species, with notes on their characters and localities. This paper has therefore naturally been of much service to me while going over the same ground. To pass now to the subject-matter of this paper. In the first place, it must be admitted that, as pointed out by Lataste, the time- honoured name of Hyrax? should be superseded by that of Procavia’, earlier by three years than Hyrax. The family name will therefore be Procaviide, but the ordinal or subordinal name will remain Hyracoidea as before, a name of this rank not necessarily being based on that of a constituent genus, “ Hyrax” might, however, be adopted as an English vernacular name, the species of Procavia not having as yet one generally and correctly applicable to them. _ Secondly, there arises the important question as to whether all th Hyraces should be placed in one genus, or whether “ Heterohyras’ and “Dendrohyraz,’”’ both proposed by Gray and admitted by Lataste and others, should be recognized as distinct genera or sub- genera. Now on this point I find it very difficult to come to a definite conclusion. Within the group there are two extremes, typified, for example, by P. abyssinica and P. dorsalis—the former with their 1 J. Sci. Lisb. (2) iii. pp. 186-196 (1889). 2 Herm. Tab. Aff. Anim. p. 115 (1783). 3 Storr, Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 39 (1780). n 4 §2 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE (Jan. 5, molar teeth very large, hypsodont, and like those of a Rhinoceros in character, while the latter have small, brachyodont, Palzeotherium-like teeth ; and these two extremes have been commonly looked upon as the types of distinct genera, respectively Procavia (= Hyrax) and Dendrohyrax. But unfortunately there is really almost a perfect graduation in characters from the one extreme to the other, the chief link being formed by P. brucei, a species which has been made the type of a third genus or subgenus, Heterohyraz. Now this Hetero- hyrax has the essential dental characters of Dendrohyrax combined with the skull of Procavia ; while the one cranial peculiarity supposed to be characteristic of it, the early closure of the interparietal sutures, is not present in P. latastei, a species otherwise in every respect identical with P. drucei. On the other hand, the perfect orbits characteristic of Dendrohyraz occur in a form called “D. grayi,” which, except for this one character, does not differ either cranially or externally from P. bocagei, and will perhaps prove to be only a variety of that animal. One single external character, however, dis- tinguishes the three most typical Dendrohyraces, P. dorsalis, arborea, and valida, from all the other species in which the point has been noticed, namely the number of the mamme. These three species have a mammary formula of 0—1=2, while certainly in P. syriaca, ruficeps, abyssinica, shoana, welwitschii, and brucei, and therefore, judging from analogy, probably in P. capensis, pallida, bocagei, and latastei, there are 1—2=6. The mammary formule of “ Dendro- hyrax grayi”” and P.emini cannot be forecasted, and therefore par- ticularly need observation. In any case, however, this character cannot be used as of generic value, for it separates “ Dendrohyrax’’ equally from both “ Heterohyrax’’ and “ Procavia,” although the teeth prove that, if anywhere, the division should come between Heterohyrax aud Procavia. But even then one would not know into which group to place such an annectant form as P. welwitschii. Balancing, therefore, these considerations for and against the retention of Dendrohyrax and Heterohyrax, I have come to the conclusion that it is better on the whole to recognize only a single genus for the whole of the Hyraces, which will of course bear the name of Procavia. Before passing to the actual descriptions of the different species, a few words are necessary as to the cranial, dental, and external characters found in the group, as a proper understanding of these is essential to anyone trying to work out the species of this most difficult group. Firstly, it may be noted that, thanks to the work of Lataste already quoted, and still more to the important paper by Mr. Woodward just read to the Society (supra, p. 38), the homologies of the teeth are fortunately quite clear throughout. Especially noteworthy is the discovery of rudimentary outer milk-incisors, a discovery which proves the persistent incisors to be really homologous with the first incisors of normal mammals. Liataste’s determination of the anterior upper cheek-tooth of the milk-series as me is fully con- firmed by Woodward, whose discovery of a corresponding lower milk-canine is of much interest. 1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 53 Owing to the comparative lateness in life at which apparently the Hyraces become fully adult, and the consequent frequency with which more or less immature specimens have to be dealt with, special attention has to be paid to the age of every specimen described. For purposes of comparison therefore the period of tooth-develop- ment has been divided into eight stages, mostly determinable by the relative development of a single tooth, and thus by the comparison of specimens of similar ages the true inherent differences in size between different forms become easily definable. A single tooth only is taken as the main determinant of each of the stages, no account of the general state of the dentition at any given stage being practi- cable for all species, owing to the fact, observed by Lataste, that the time of the fall of the milk-premolars as compared with the develop- ment of the permanent molars varies in different species. The following are the stages which I have found divide the specimens most conveniently into groups of individuals of similar age. The actual age, in time, at which in the different species these stages are attained may perhaps be found out later at a more advanced period of knowledge :-— Stage I. Before the milk-dentition is fully in place. II. Milk-dentition all up and in use. m’ not visible. III. m* up; ™®* below level of bone. IV. m* just appearing or partly up. V. m* nearly or quite up ; m° below level of bone. VI. Tip of m* appearing. VII. m°® partly or nearly up, but still unworn. VIII. ™* up and in use. No doubt Hyraces are practically adult, and are probably breeding, some time before Stage VIII. is attained, just as in the Kangaroos and other animals in which there is a horizontal succession of the teeth owing to the movement forward of the tooth-row, and the consequent replacement of the crushed and worn-down anterior teeth by the newly formed posterior ones. Of course the process is not nearly so highly developed as it is in the Kangaroos, Manatees, and others; but there is evidently a commencement of this remarkable provision for the replacement of the worn-out teeth in the Hyracoidea, especially in the hypsodont species, such as P. capensis, abyssinica, and their allies. Thanks to this process, the actual size of the teeth, however valuable for the discrimination of the species, cannot be defined satisfactorily by a simple antero-posterior measurement of the tooth- row or any part of it, for the larger posterior teeth as they push forwards gradually crush together the whole of the teeth and make their combined length less and less as time goes on. To gain an idea of the actual size of the teeth, it has therefore been found best to take the exact horizontal! breadth of m* at its broadest point, this tooth being present and available in specimens at all ages from Stage III. upwards, 54 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, As to the height of the teeth, by which their hypsodontism or brachyodontism can be gauged, the height of the crown of m* has been taken as the basis. It is measured, in a tooth as unworn as possible, from the top of the main anterior cusp* to the bottom of the valley on the outer side of the cusp ; when there is any trace of a cingulum it is placed at this point, but when there is not, the point at which the valley merges into the smooth basal outer surface of the tooth may always be clearly made out. The upper incisors of the Hyraces are of two forms, the one sharply ridged and angular in front, and the other more or less rounded or even flat anteriorly. This difference, though often incidentally noticed, never seems to have been referred to sex, of which, however, I believe it affords a constant index. The study of so large a series of specimens as the present proves conclusively that all the specimens with ridged incisors are males, and those with them rounded are females. It is of the greatest value to have this ready index to the sex of skulls, as so large a number are either without skins, or if these exist they are unsexable. It should be noticed, however, that in certain species, notably P. dorsalis, arborea, and brucei, the female incisors are also to a certain extent ridged, but to a degree very slight in comparison with those of the male sex. Other differences due to sex seem to be few and unimportant. Even as to size, although male skulls on the whole are rather larger than female ones, yet individual female skulls often exceed the great mass of the males. To take an instance, in P. shoana 5 male skulls give the following lengths—89, 90, 91, 92, 93, and 6 females the following—82, 84, 84, 85, 87, 88; but one of the types of the species, unquestionably a female, has alength of 96 mm., thus exceeding any of the males as yet recorded. Almost precisely the same thing occurs in the series of P. capensis, where our largest specimen is a female. No general rule therefore can be laid down as to the relative sizes of the two sexes. Throughout the history of the systematic arrangement of the Hyraces the interparietal bone has had a large share in causing con- fusion owing to the alterations that take place in its shape during life not being allowed for or understood. It was early seen that different specimens had very differently shaped interparietals, and in the absence of good series at different ages these differences were naturally supposed to be of specific value. Thus Hemprich and Ehrenberg in 1828 laid primary stress on the shape and form of this bone in separating the four species they recognized; while much later Gray referred a great deal to it, and the retention of “ Hetero- hyrax”’ as a subgenus by Lataste practically depended on the age at which it is united to the other bones of the skull. On the examin- ation of a large series of specimens, however, it appears that this bone is by no means really so important as has been supposed for diag- nostic purposes, and that its differences in shape are really due to * Not the extreme antero-external cusp, which has no valley on its outer side; the cusp measured from is nearly always the highest one of the tooth. 1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 55 age, while its fusion or non-fusion with the other bones of the skull, although generally constant, is a character rather more variable than has been supposed. In a young specimen of one of the species in which it is generally distinct through life, the bone is clearly marked, ordinarily broadly trigonal in shape, its broad posterior end generally embraced by two little processes of the supraoccipital, but these vary very much in their development. At this stage its edges are vertical to the plane of its surface, or if there is any slanting, it is in such a direction that the inner cerebral aspect is rather smaller than the outer. This condi- tion of things remains constant up till somewhere about Stage V., when the ever extending temporal muscles begin to encroach in its vicinity. These muscles seem to induce the development as part of the parietals of a roughened surface-layer of bone, which, with the muscles, gradually creeps onwards over the brain-case, and by de- grees encroaches on and covers up the interparietal bone. The two parieto-interparietal sutures therefore constantly get closer together, the interparietal bone naturally appearing narrower and narrower, and at last the two temporal ridges, which have already met some time before anteriorly, gradually coalesce further and further back, and finally block out all trace of the interparietal bone on the upper surface. Even then, bowever, for along period the bone may remain uncoalesced, its sutures, in section, describing a curved line following the increase of the parietal bone over it. This gradual narrowing upwards of the interparietal may be seen well in the British Museum skull, No. 69. 10. 24.41, of P. abyssinica, in which, although the bone itself is broken away, the sutural edge of the parietal clearly exemplifies the steady extension of their upper layers at the expense of the smaller bone between them. Now as to the closing of the parieto-interparietal sutures, the early obliteration of which is the main character on which the group “‘ Heterohyrax”’ rests, some words are necessary, as although really useful in many cases for specific determination, yet the cha- racter is not one that can be used for breaking the family up into smaller groups. In the great majority of the species these sutures are ordinarily persistent and visible, except in so far as they are covered up in the manner above described. On the other hand, in P. brucei they close up so soon that in two specimens as young as Stage III. they have quite disappeared, and in one of Stage II. they are only faintly visible. But two closely allied species, here provisionally admitted as such, but really only doubtfully distinguish- able from P. brucei, have either persistent sutures (P. latastei), or temporary ones, closing up as the animal gets fully adult (P. bocagei), thus proving that the character is at most only of specific importance. A second character on which much stress has been laid, and one which has been supposed to be above all suspicion of variability, is the completion or non-completion of the orbit behind by bone. This is always accepted as the essential character of the group ‘‘Den- drohyrax,” and certainly, in the most typical species, P. dorsalis, 56 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, the orbit is closed, even in the youngest specimens available, down to Stage I. In P. arborea, however, the South-African form, one of our four specimens, already fully adult (Stage VIII.), has the postorbital processes of the frontal and malar separated by at least 2 mm.', the other three having closed orbits. On the other hand, the type of Dendrohyrax grayi has them completely closed, as has also a second specimen from the same region ; but I am nevertheless most strongly inclined to consider these two specimens as only re- presenting an individual variation of P. bocagei”. As it appears therefore from both these characters that the Angolan Hyrax is the one which presents the greatest difficulty, I would strongly impress on collectors having the opportunity the great desirability of obtaining more specimens from that country. In this connection I must again thank Prof. Barboza du Bocage for the loan of the valuable Angolan specimens preserved in the Lisbon Museum, a loan which has been of the very greatest service to me. The development of the anterior lower premolar (p') is worthy of some notice. In the large-tceothed, hypsodont species, such as P. capensis, abyssinica, &c., it is a simple slender tooth, with only one root, and is pushed out by the teeth behind it at a very early age, so that it is quite unusual to find it present in fully adult animals. On the other hand, in the small-toothed brachyodont species it is elon- gated, has two distinct roots, and is practically persistent throughout life. These differences are.clearly correlated with the amount of the wear and tear of the teeth and their movement forwards in the jaw, characters at their maximum in the hypsodont and their minimum in the brachyodont species. The predecessor of this tooth (mp') is always long and double- rooted, showing clearly which of the two adult forms is the primitive one of the group. The number of the ribs has also been used as a distinguishing character of the genera and subgenera, but, so far as I have seen, all the species examined (including such widely separated species as P. dorsalis, brucei, and abyssinica) have 21 (rarely 20), while P. capensis alone has 22. I have, however, thought it worth while to record the numbers in the specific descriptions wherever I have direct knowledge of them. Of the external characters by which the different species may be determined, the most important are the coloration, shape, and size of the dorsal spot, a patch of hairs growing on and around the dorsal gland, and almost invariably of a colour markedly contrasting with that of the body in general. The following are the chief variations in the dorsal spot met with in the different species :— 1 On one side; the other is broken. ? See below p. 72. 1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 57 AS) Dorsal spot wholly DICK): .2:.scesa0sccsedevsssesncesessess P. capensis, shoana. B. Dorsal spot whitish, yellowish, or orange, a, Spot comparatively small, roughly oval in shape. @., Hairs of spot, or at least the central ones, wholly yellow. P. syriaca, pallida. . Hairs of spot with dark bases and generally black tips. P. ruficeps, abyssinica. 6. Spot elongate, linear. c’, Hairs pale coloured to their bases. ae POW OLANNG OMCMVNAMON \.....-s26.+-0eccassgacresachans sess: P. valida. *, Spot pale yellow or whitish. P. brucei, bocaget, latastei, welwitschii, and arborea. d', Hairs black at base, white terminally ..................:.00e P. dorsalis, os The central part of the dorsal gland is very commonly quite naked, notably in P. dorsalis, where the naked part is two or three inches long, and about half an inch broad. Owing, however, to the way in which the hairs round the naked part converge towards each other, this fact is very seldom observable without separating the hairs, but occasionally in old specimens the naked skin is clearly visible from above. The distinctions given above between the different sorts of spots are by no means to be taken aw pied de la lettre for every specimen examined, many of the groups passing quite imperceptibly into each other, while in some species the spot itself varies so much as to be not easily definable. As to the geographical distribution of the different species the accompanying sketch-map (see p. 58) will show more clearly than any amount of description where the different forms are found, and will be a guide to anyone wishing to know what species may be expected to occur in any given locality, It may, however, be just noted that while many places have only one species known from them, most have two, and that these are almost invariably one of the hypsodont (Procavia) and one of the brachyodont (Dendrohyraz and Heterohyrax) groups. Thus in N. Abyssinia we have P. brucei and abyssinica, in Shoa P. brucei and shoana, in Angola P. bocagei and welwitschii, and in S. Africa P. arborea and capensis. The two tables exhibited (see pp. 59, 60) show respectively (1) the basal lengths’ of considerable series of specimens of each species taken at as many age-stages as possible, and (2) (a) the breadth of m', (6) the height of m*, measured as already described, and (c) the hori- zoutal length of p*. It is to be hoped that, without a more formal synopsis, which at present I hardly feel capable of drawing up, these measurements, combined with the rough synopsis of the dorsal spots just given, will enable anyone to determine specimens without much difficulty. 1 Basion to gnathion. 58 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, Map showing the Distribution of the Species of Procavia. wa WILY waReaes 1. Procavia capensis. 8. Procavia latastei. 2. shoana. 9. bocagei. 3. —— syriaca. 10. brucei. 3a. —— jayakari. 10 a, —— somalica. 4. —— ruficeps. 11. —— emini. 5. —— abyssinica. 12, —— valida. 5 a, —— —— minor, 13. —— arborea. 6, —— pallida, 14. —— dorsalis. 7. —— welwitschii. 59 SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 1892.] LU. CApPeNsis'.,.....+0.-s0e» PAPBUOMNE. Sscsvanuve vets ee OMBYIILOR) Gees spice nse 3a. ,, jayakari...... A, Tuliceps ....-.+s 5. abyssinica ............ DOP es minor (oy ye WMS Oa pctoniaacce 7. welwitschii............ 8. latastei 9. bocagei ............ 10. brucei......... Sees 10a. ,, somalica (BTAYVIS vedavsesscses 11. emini ...... D2, ~Validaiscccssecssees 13. arborea ... 14. dorsalis .......... Stage I Tasie I.—Basal Lengths (in millim.). Stage IT. 57, 58, 62. teeeee weeeee Stage ITI. 64, Lue Stage TV. 66, 67, 70*. dons * Types or co-types. Stage V. 69. 74, 74, 75, 71, 79, 79. Stage VI. 69. 83. Stage VII. Stage VIII. 82, 87, 93. 84, 85, 87, 88, 90, 92, 93, 96%, 7. 73%, 78, 86. 75, 78, 80, 82, 83, 84, 87. (c) '72*, 18%. 79. 79, 80, 81, 82. 65, 74*. 82, 86, 87, 92. 93, 100, 113. 60 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, Tasie II.—Sizes of Teeth (in millim.). | (a) Breadth of |(6) Height ofl mi}, crown of m, i, CAPONGIS cecgessocssseanaece 7:0, 7-5, 8:0. Gl, +7D 2:5, 2-7. D> BHOANA. costae. ssvtuecseds (falar Sh Voom owe ESE 26, 2:8 SP BYTIACA eric t as tassccccetess (RUSE YRS 7:0. 2-2 Sa: 3), HAYARAYI.s:-c sects 6:2, 6-4. (EVD, Le Wiehe hee A> ruficeps'vesss:<+ = 52: soseseee- TON os ot 6°9. 2:5, 2°6. 5. abyssinica .......--cscceens- | 6°7, ie 7-4, '7-8,| 6-9, 7-0. 2:0, 2:2 / 79. 5a. 3 ININON Pence. 6c RMP a a Bilary Aas A BAL G: “pallidamt. tte. stress seed 69. DAL Ee at ey eeaee We Welwitsch sestetere stereo oe 65, 6°7. 5:2. 41. Sidlatashens ticcassocscst ance once COCO S a> ees a Oe Qs HOCAP CIs. stese< dads. sco oe 5-4, 5:6, 6°4 45, 37, 39. MO. DEUCED SA ces tes see enicso-tec8 5-4, 57, 6:0 45. 2°8, 3°0, 3-4. 1O@: |, somalica 22.....3..3 5:0, 5-2. 45. 3:0, 31. Pirrayl (sieeeseeeae ees Sanco te OMG SY lee Pee ares “40.] PS OMINT (cs55h5.5 woes oet ose ae Ue; ValidttiecvewesecetevedevtsTeee US arboresic.::).sc-.<fe.coes 6:0. 3:5. 3'5, 3°8. WA FAOPSAL Btwn. Secess cincnc vere esl 6:6, 6:8. 41, 43 47, 48. 1. PROcAVIA CAPENSIS. Cavia capensis, Pall. Misc. Zool. p. 30 (1766). (2) Hyrax semicircularis', Gray, Cat. Carn. Pachyd. p. 285 (1869); Hand-l. Edent. &e. p. 44, pl. xi. fig. 2 (1873) (skull). Fur of medium length, soft and fine ; neither so long nor so fine as in P. shoana. Ears short, rounded. General colour dark sepia- brown, finely speckled with white or pale yellow. Straight upper- fur hairs dark brown, with a small pale yellow subterminal band ; underfur along the centre of the back dark smoky grey throughout, but along the sides, grey basally, and shining silvery yellow distally. Belly dirty yellow or brownish. Dorsal spots entirely black, irregularly oval in shape, not so large as in P. shoana. Skull? broad, stout and strong; muzzle short; interparietal sutures always persistent. Diastema short, 8 to 10 mm. Teeth large and hypsodont, but very variable in size; of the few specimens with exact localities the eastern ones, from Natal &c., seem to have smaller teeth than those from the Cape itself. Diameter of m’ 8-0 in a Cape specimen, 7°0 in a Natal one, those being the extremes observed. Height of crown of m* 7:1 to 7*5. P! minute, single- 1 The young skull on which this species was founded has not got completed orbits as stated by Gray, the connections being only ligamentous. ‘There appears to be nothing to distinguish it from skulls of P. capensis of the same age, but the skeleton shows only 21 pairs of ribs. It is also just possible that Hyrax nigricans, Peters, SB. Ges. Fr. 1879, p. 10, belongs here, in which case the species extends very much further north-west than has been supposed. The type specimen, however, is too young for certain determination. 2 Good figure: De Blainville, Atl. iii, Hyrax, pl. ii. 1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 61 rooted, early deciduous, rarely or never present in adult specimens. Ribs 22. Hab, Cape Colony, from the Cape’ to Natal *. 2. PROCAVIA SHOANA *. Euhyrax abyssinicus, Gray, Ann. Mag.N. H. (4) i. p. 47 (1868) (nec Hyrax habessinicus, Hempr. & Ehr.). Hyrax scioanus, Gig]. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) vi. p. 21 (1888). Size very large, form stout and heavy. Mamme 1—2=6. Fur very long, soft, and fine. General colour grizzled olivaceous grey, the straight lines of the back brown basally, with a broad dull yellow subterminal ring and black tip. The greater breadth of the yellow ring and the larger number of the straight hairs as compared to the woolly underfur quite take away the appearance of fine speckling characteristic of P. capensis, and produce a much coarser mottled appearance. Underfur coloured as in P. capensis, but the yellow band on both of the sides is broader, and its colour is duller and more tinged with olivaceous. Belly dirty yellow or brownish. Dorsal spot very large and diffuse, wholly black, very prominent in well-marked examples. Skull large and heavy, but very variable in its proportions, especi- ally in the length of the muzzle, and consequently in the length of the diastema. In the female co-type* the latter is fully 14 mm. long, while in another specimen it is only about 5 mm., but in the large Genoa Museum series nearly all the intermediate links are represented. On the whole the skull cannot be definitely distin- guished from that of P. capensis, although ordinary specimens run rather larger of the northern than of the southern form. Teeth also very variable in size: m' from 771 to 8°1 in breadth; crown of m° about 7°2 or 7°3 high; P* small, single-rooted, about 2°6 or 2:8 in horizontal length. 22 ribs (in one specimen). Hab. 8. Abyssinia and Shoa. Co-types (3 & 9) from Ankober, collected by Major W. C. Harris. Other specimens from the Dalanta and Wadela Plateaux, S. Abyssinia (Blanford), Lit Marafia, Denz, Askalena, Monte Mabrat, and other neighbouring localities in Shoa (Antinori, Ra- gazzi, and Beccari). This fine Hyrax, almost if not quite the largest of the genus, has been the cause of great trouble and uncertainty among writers on the group ever since Gray first described the specimens obtained by Capt. Harris at Ankober, these specimens being therefore the co- types of the species as renamed by Giglioli. Gray’s reference of this ? T have myself seen these animals in numbers on the rocks near Fishhoek, a small yillage on the eastern side of False Bay. Further west than this I know of no exact record of their occurrence. ? The Museum owes to the Rev. W. D. Newnham a beautiful pair of skulls obtained by him in Natal. Lieut. H. Trevelyan has also presented several speci- mens from Kingwilliamstown. * This alteration in the spelling of the name is necessary to bring its pronunciation into conformity with that of the country on which it is based. * 7056 of Gray’s Hand-list Edent. &. p. 42; not that figured pl. x. fig. 1, which is probably P, capensis. 62 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, form to Hemprich and Ehrenberg’s H. habessinicus has been frequently questioned, and, as will be seen below in the remarks to that species (p. 66), I have come to the conclusion that it cannot be supported. The species therefore requires the new name given it by Giglioli, if it is considered to be distinct from P. capensis, to which it is most certainly allied. However, although its skull cannot be with certainty distinguished from that of the Cape animal, yet its longer softer fur, its more olivaceous colour, its much larger dorsal spot, and its great difference in locality induce me to consider it as requiring specific distinction. The Genoa Museum possesses a large series of this handsome animal, obtained at many different localities in Shoa by Messrs. An- tinori, Beccari, and Ragazzi, while there are in the British Museum the two typical specimens, besides several skulls, collected by Capt. Harris at Ankober. In addition I refer to this species the two specimens from the Dalanta plateau spoken of as “ Hyraz sp. nov.” by Mr. Blanford*, this locality being the most northern recorded for the present species, and yet considerably south of any place at which he obtained H. abyssinica (his H. brucei)’. 3. PROCAVIA SYRIACA. Hyrax syriacus, Schreb. Siug. iv. pl. cexl. B (1784), p. 923 (1792). Hyraz sinaiticus*®, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 45 (1868). Size medium or rather small. Mamme 1-2=6. Fur long, rather soft and shaggy, not so smooth as in the other species. General colour a sort of dull orange-yellow or fawn, not so sandy as P. ruficeps. Belly yellow or brownish yellow, but very variable in tone. Dorsal spot large and clearly marked, yellow, the hairs yellow throughout, to their extreme tips and bases ; the yellow paler basally and darker terminally. Skull* broad and strongly made, rather narrower, however, in the S. Arabian subspecies. Interparietal sutures persistent. Diastema about 9 mm., very slightly longer in the southern specimens. Molar teeth variable in size. Ribs 20 (in one young specimen and also in that figured by De Blainville). Hab. Syria, Palestine, the Sinaitic Peninsula, and the whole of Arabia. This species was first described by Bruce in 1790°, but as he confounded the Abyssinian and Palestine Hyraces, the name syrzaca, based on his description, has been rejected by some authors on the ground that his ‘‘ Ashkoko ” is the Abyssinian species and not the Palestine one. It is, however, quite clear that his main description 1 Zool. Abyss. p. 257. 2 Lc. p. 252. 3 See footnote 1 to P. ruficeps, p. 64. * Good figures: De Blainville, Ostéogr. iii, Hyrax, pls. i. & ii. 5 Bruce, Travels, y. p. 139. 1892.) SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 63 was based on a specimen obtained by him on Mount Libanus, and the name syriaca given by Schreber is evidence as to what country he considered the home of the species. I am therefore glad to he able to retain the name by which the species has so long been known. Thanks to the energy of Dr. A. S. G. Jayakar, of Muscat, I am enabled to announce a very considerable extension of the known range of this species, and at the same time of the genus, for he obtained an adult female with its young at Dofar, on the southern coast of Arabia, about halfway between Muscat and Aden, no Hyracoidea having been previously known in Southern Arabia at all. Aithough agreeing in most of its characters with the typical P. syriaca of N. Arabia, this Dofar specimen differs so markedly in the size of its teeth, as also does a Central Arabian one kindly lent me by the authorities of the Berlin Museum *, that I feel compelled to consider the southern form as subspecifically distinct from the northern. I propose to name it in honour of its discoverer Dr. Jayakar, to whom the British Museum is indebted for examples of so many members of the Arabian Fauna. Subspecific diagnoses :-— A. P. syriaca typica. Size rather larger; skull broader; teeth markedly larger and heavier, very hypsodont ; breadth of m' about 7:1 or 7:2 mm., height of crown of m* about 7:0. Horizontal length of p' about 2°2 mm. Hab. The northern half of the whole range of the species. B. P. syriaca jayakari, subsp. n. Size rather smaller, and skull narrow ; teeth smaller; breadth of m’ 6°27 mm. Hab. South-eastern half of Arabia.—Dofar, S. Arabia (Brit. Mus., Dr. Jayakar). Melhan, Central Nejd (Berlin Mus., Coll. Schwein- Surth). Judging only from the type-specimen, this southern subspecies seems to have a rather darker coloration, and less ragged, shaggy hair, than the typical form, but of course one can lay no stress on these characters without further specimens for comparison. 4, PROCAVIA RUFICEPS. Hyrax ruficeps, Hempr. & Ebr. Symb. Phys. decas i, pl. ii. (upper figure) (1828). 1 J must thank Prof. Mobius and Dr. Matschie for the loan of this skull, and also for one of the typical variety from Sinai. In spite of the time that it has been known, specimens of P. syriaca are by no means common, and the British Museum possesses only one stuffed specimen without a skull. However, besides the two Berlin skulls just mentioned, Canon H. B. Tristram has kindly lent me a skin and skull from Palestine, and there are two Syrian examples in the Genoa Museum collection, originally obtained by Dr. Lortet. 2 6-4 in the specimen from Me 64 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE (Jan. 5, Hyrazx burtoni, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 43 (1868) ; Cat. p- 285 (1869). Hyrax dongolanus*, Blanf. P. Z. S. 1869, p.642 ; Bocage, J. Sci. Lisb. (2) iii. p. 192 (1889). Size rather large ; form elongated. Ears apparently more sharply pointed at the tip than in the other species) Mamme 1-2=6. Fur long, but harsh and thin. General colour sandy fawn, grizzled with black, not so pale as in P. pallida, but paler than in P. syriaca. Dorsal spot small and very little prominent amid the general sandy colour. Its hairs coloured very much as in well-marked specimens of P. abyssinica—i. e. brown at the bases, bright orange-yellow subterminally or terminally, with or without black tips. Skull and teeth large and strong, not definitely distinguish- able from those of P. abyssinica. Interparietal sutures persistent. Breadth of m' 7:0 to 7°77 mm.; height of crown of m* 6-9 mm.; horizontal length of p! 2°5 or 2°6. Type in the Berlin Museum. Hab. Dongola (Hemprich 5 Ehrenberg); Egypt (Burton). This species, to which I follow Mr. Blanford in assigning Hyrax burtoni of. Gray, appears to be essentially a northern desert form of P. abyssinica, and leads on towards P. syriaca of the other side of the Red Sea. All these species are very closely allied to one another, their skulls being practically indistinguishable, and their distinctions resting mainly on colour. P. ruficeps, however, has decidedly more pointed ears than the others, at least so far as the three typical specimens of “ H. burtoni”’ are concerned, but I do not know how far this is likely to be a constant character. It is unfortunate that the name ruficeps should stand for this species, as the rufous on the vertex is far less strongly marked than it is in many specimens both of P. abyssinica and P. shoana: 5. PROCAVIA ABYSSINICA. Hyrazx habessinicus, Hempr. & Ehr. Symb, Phys. decas i. pl. ii. (the dark-coloured specimen) (1828). Hyraz abyssinicus *, auctorum plurimorum ; Blanf. P. Z. 8. 1869, p- 642; Bocage, J. Sci. Lisb. (2) ili. p. 122 (1889). Hyraz alpini, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 45 (1868); Cat. p- 287 (1869). Hyrax ferrugineus, Gray, Aun. Mag. N. H. (4) iii. p. 242 (1869) ; Cat. p. 288 (1869). 1 The use of this name is due to a mistakenideaof Hemprich and Ehrenberg’s meaning in first founding the species. Their work being written throughout in Latin, the simple statement of the locality of the animal “ Hyrax ruficeps (dongalanus)”’ was taken for an alternative name, and then preferred to ruficeps as more appropriate. No doubt Gray’s misquotation of “ Ayrax ruficeps vel dongolanus” was the first cause of the mistake. The same remarks, mutatis mutandis, apply to the use of the word “‘sinaiticus” for H. syriacus by Gray. 2 Now that “Abyssinia” and not ‘“ Habesh” is the form of the name in- variably used, it seems better to adopt the amended spelling“ abyssinica” rather than “ habessinica.” Mr. Blanford also comes to the same conclusion ; vide his footnote, P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 639. 4 1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 65 Hyrax irroratus, var. luteogaster’, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) iii. p. 242 (1869) (excl. description of dorsal spot)? ; Cat. p- 288 (1869). Hyraz brucei, Blanf. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 642 ; Zool. Abyss. p. 252 (1870) ; Bocage, J. Sci. Lisb. (2) iii. p. 193 (1889) (nee Gray). Size medium, smaller in var. minor. Mamma 1—2=6. Fur ordinarily fairly long, at least in the highland specimens, but always rather coarse and harsh, never long, soft, and fine, as in P. shoana ; quite short and crisp in the subspecies from the Assab region. Colour a coarsely-mottled grey-brown, varying towards either olive or ferruginous ; some specimens marked by rufous over the greater part of the back. The hairs dark brown at their bases, and black at their tips, with a broad subterminal band of dirty yellow. Dorsal spot very small, oval, more inconspicuous than in any other species, often only to be found after the most minute search, below and between the ordinary hairs, and sometimes not at all. It consists simply of a broadening and brightening of the ordinary subterminal yellow band of the hairs, and when well developed is of a bright orange-yellow colour. In the great majority of specimens the black tips to its hairs so hide the yellow that the spot is not visible at all unless specially searched for. Skull* stout and strongly built. Muzzle short. Coronal and parieto-interparietal sutures persistent *. ‘Temporal fossze extending backwards to within 3 or 4 mm. of the hinder edge of the skull. Diastema rather constant in its length, generally about 9 mm., but considerably less in var. minor. Teeth ordinarily very large and heavy in proportion to the size of the animal, the breadth of m! com- monly being about 7°4 to 7:9, but in some specimens, which I cannot otherwise distinguish, they are much smaller and lighter, all the intermediate links being, however, present. he least breadth of m' among those before me is 6°7 in the type of “ H. irroratus, var. luteogaster,” but here the two teeth are considerably worn down, and probably the true breadth would have been some- what greater. Height of crown of m> 6-9 or 7 mm. P! very small, styliform, single-rooted, early deciduous; the horizontal length ofits crown only about 2 or 2°2mm.__ Ribs ordinarily 21 (but 20 in one specimen and 22 in another). Type in the Berlin Museum. Hab. Abyssinia from Bogos and Massowa in the north, through the highlands, as far south as Adigrat. Represented in the lowlands more to the east by the variety minor. ' Misprinted ‘‘ Zeucogaster,” Hand-l. Edent. &e. p. 42 (1878). * See footnote, p. 70. ; ° Good figures: Gray, Hand-l. Edent. &e. pl. x. fig. 2 (“ brucei”), pl. xi. fig. 1 (“ ferrugineus”), pl. xii. fig. 3 (“ irrorata”), 1873. : * In one specimen (B.M. 69. 10. 24. 37), an old male, the parieto-interparietal sutures are closed, but the suture down the centre of the interparietal bone itself still persists. The latter condition also obtains in 6 out of 18 very young skulls (stages I. and I.) of different species, but in no other specimen of adult age. Among the 12 very young skulls with the central suture closed is at least one taken from a feetus. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. V. 5 66 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, Subspecific diagnoses :— A. P. abyssinica typica. Size larger. Fur longer. Colour as above described. B. P. abyssinica minor, subsp. n. Size smaller (see skull measurements in table). Fur short and crisp. Colour much as in the typical subspecies, but, owing to the shortness of the fur, there is an appearance of a greater general uniformity on the back. Dorsal spot not more prominent than in var. ¢ypica, its hairs being equally tipped with black. Skull small, with a comparatively very short diastema, almost rivalling that of P. pallida, 6-2 aud 6*5 mm. in the two co-types. In neither specimen is p! present, so that the tooth is evidently dropped very early in the present form. Hab. Alali, between Beilul and Assab, on the west shore of the Red Sea, about 13° N. Two specimens of this peculiar little form were obtained from the above-mentioned locality by Dr. V. Ragazzi for the Genoa Museum. Both are somewhat immature, being at stage VI. P. abyssinica minor is interesting, as leading on from the true P. a. typica towards P. pallida, found still further east in Somali. Both in size and in its shortened diastema it approaches that species, although in colour it shows no tendency to the greater paleness of the back and conspicuousness of the dorsal spot characteristic of P. pallida. P. abyssinica, with its variations in colour and size, has always been and still is the most difficult form to work out of all the family, and I cannot at all hope to have satisfactorily settled the many problems which arise in the contemplation of any considerable series of specimens apparently belonging to it. In the first place, the original description was founded mainly on a specimen with a black dorsal spot, a character found in the Shoan species, but not ordi- narily in the Abyssinian one, but with this specimen there was a second showing the typical black and yellow spot of the ordinary Abyssinian form. Now, as Mr. Blanford * states so directly that “the species identified by Gray with Ehrenberg’s H. abyssinicus* is a very distinct form,” and geographical considerations point so strongly in the same direction, I am induced to look upon Ehrenberg’s black-backed specimen trom Massowa as one of those troublesome individuals of the present species in which the yellow dorsal spot is practically absent, and the black tips to the hairs are so developed as to form a small dorsal black spot*. In any case I feel I cannot allocate this Massowa specimen *to the Shoan black-backed form 1 Zool. Abyss. p. 251. 2 I. e. the Shoan Coney. See, for instance, Mr. Blanford’s specimen No. 886 (B.M. 69. 10. 24. 28). 4 Dr. Matschie, of the Berlin Museum, however, is inclined to hold the op- pa opinion, believing at the same time that the Massowa form is a small ocal race of the black-backed Shoan one. Should this view be correct, and I am 3 1892. | SPECIES O¥ THE HYRACOIDEA. 67 in the face of the fact that Mr. Blanford thoroughly hunted all the country between, specially looking out for Hyraces, without finding any trace of P. shoana until he penetrated as far south as the Wadela plateau, while the yellow-backed form was exceedingly common throughout the country from Massowa southwards. The skulls of the two forms unfortunately give no help in the matter, as they differ only in size; and although P. shoana ordinarily is far larger than what I consider as P. abyssinica, yet dwarfed individuals seem occasionally to occur, in which the skull is scarcely larger than in the latter species. Still, as a fact, the sizes of the skull and teeth of Ehrenberg’s type specimens agree closely with those found in the ordinary Abyssinian form to which I refer them. 6. Procavia PALLipA. (Plate IIT.) Procavia pallida, Thos. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) x. p. 908 (1891). Size small, form stout and squat. Fur very short, close, and crisp. Colour pale sandy grey, the hairs chocolate-brown basally, with a broad eream-coloured subterminal ring and a black tip. Rump rather more rufescent. Dorsal spot small, oval, pale creamy yellow, the peripheral hairs with a broader and the central ones with a narrower brown basal part, but none of them with darker tips. . Skull (Plate III.) short, broad, and stout, in general appearance a miniature of the large-toothed Abyssinian forms P. abyssinica and ruficeps ; coronal and interparietal sutures persistent. Molars very large in proportion to the size of the animal, and in consequence of this the diastema is shorter than in any other known species, being only 5°6 mm. between the alveoli, and 5 between the teeth above, while in the lower jaw it is practically non-existent, p? almost touching the outer incisor basally and only distant from it about 1 mm. terminally. It therefore leaves no room for p', oc- casionally present in other species, M' 6-9 mm. broad in the type ; m* with a high crown, but, as it is somewhat worn, I can only say that it is more than 5°4 mm. high, that being its present height. P' gone in the type; no doubt small and early deciduous. Hab. N. Somali-land. Type in British Museum (85. 11. 16. 4). This peculiar little species bears, within the typical Procavia with open interparietal sutures and large teeth, very much the same relation to P. abyssinica that P. brucei somalica does in the ‘‘ Hetero- hyrax” group to P. 6. typica, the geographical relations of each pair by no means positive about the opinion advocated in the text, the name of the Massowa Hyrax would be P. adyssinica typica, of the Shoan one P. abyssinica shoana, and of the ordinary N. Abyssinian one with yellow dorsal spot P. alpini, Gray. In this connection I must again express my sincere thanks to Dr. Matschie for the patience and kindness with which he has borne the brunt of question after question about this unfortunate type of Hemprich and Ehren- berg’s, a specimen which, in spite of all, must still remain a stumbling-block for naturalists until it is supplemented by a proper series of fresh examples col- lected exactly at the same place. ie 68 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, being just the same. Its differentiation has, however, proceeded so much further that I have had little hesitation in erecting it into a distinct species, even though P. abyssinica minor approaches it in some respects. The type is a fully adult female obtained on the 25th of December, 1884, by the well-known collector Herr J. Menges, on the Hekebo plateau, N. Somali-Jand. It is much to be hoped that further specimens of this little species will be soon obtained, so that we may gain an idea of its variation and geographical distribution. 7. PROCAVIA WELWITSCHII. Hyraz arboreus, Peters, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 401 (nec Smith). Hyrax welwitschii, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 43 (1868) ; Cat. p. 286 (1869); Bocage, J. Sci. Lisb. (2) iii. p. 186 (1889). Size medium. Mamme 1—2=6. Fur short, very coarse and hispid, quite unlike that of any other species. General colour of back coarsely grizzled sandy brown, the hairs dark blackish brown for five-sixths of their length, dull yellow terminally or subtermin- ally, the tips, however, more rufous on the face and along the centre of the back; the brown bases of the hairs showing through and materially darkening the general colour. Dorsal spot, in the single specimen available, rather elongate, al- though not so much so as in P. brucei and its allies. Its hairs dull pale yellow throughout. Skull* stout and strong; muzzle short ; frontal region unusually broad, the ledges overhanging the orbits, more developed than in other species; interparietal sutures persistent; diastema short, about 8 mm. in each of the two specimens before me; temporal fossee extending backwards quite to the occipital ridges. Teeth rather small, breadth of m* 6°4 and 6°5 in two skulls; height of crown of m® 5:2; pl elongated, two-rooted, more as in the Hetero- hyrax and Dendrohyrax groups, its crown 41 mm. long horizontally. Hab. Angola, coast-region (Bocage). The only specimens of this rare species that I have been able to examine are the skull of Dr. Welwitsch’s original type, most kindly lent me by Prof. B. du Bocage, and a skin with its skull received in 1888 by the British Museum from the Lisbon Museum. Both these specimens have been examined and the typical skull figured by Prof. Bocage, so that I have no material by which to supplement the excellent description he has there given to the species. The true position of P. welwitschii in the genus is somewhat doubtful, as its skull agrees best with those of P. syriaca, abyssinica, &c., its elongated dorsal spot and rather small teeth but long pt approach those of P. brucei and bocagei, while the peculiar quality of its fur separates it from any other species. Dealing only with the Angolan species, Prof. Bocage has taken it as a type of the Procavia group ; but I consider that if anything it is further from P. capensis and abyssinica than it is from P. brucei and 1 Good figure: Bocage, ¢. c. pl. i. fig. 1. 1892. ] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 69 bocaget. _ More specimens, however, to show its variability and geographical distribution will be needed before its true relationship can be cleared up. 8. PRocCAVIA LATASTEI, sp. 0. Fur close, soft and fine. General colour soft fawn-grey, more pallid than in P. brucei. A large patch on the side of the neck pale yellowish white, the hairs pale at their bases; this patch is not, however, conspicuous amid the general pallor. Dorsal spot narrow, elongate, clear pale yellow to the bases of the hairs ; in fact, just as in P. brucei and bocagei. Skull in general form much as in P. brucei, except that it appears to be rather broader and more stoutly made. Muzzle short and conical. Interparietal and coronal sutures persistent. Diastema long, 10 to 12mm. Teeth small, but proportionally rather larger than in P. érucei. Breadth of m 6 to 65 mm. Pp! small, but two-rooted, 3 or 3:1 long. Co-types nos. 55-3238 (skin) and 2684 (skull) of the Genoa Museum (coll. Lataste). Hab. Senegal. M. Lataste obtained several specimens at Félou and Medine, Upper Senegal, and there is a young one in the British Museum received in 1844 from the dealer Parzudaki, and referred to “ H. burtoni” by Gray (Cat. Carn. &c. p. 285). From M. Lataste’s notes and drawings I gather that he referred his Senegal specimens to P. bocagei, a reference by no means very wrong, as they are unquestionably closely allied to that form. I am, however, induced to separate them, at least for the present, by the fact that the whole of his specimens, 7 in number, besides an eighth, fully adult, of which he gives a drawing, have their inter- parietal sutures persistent, thus differing from P. docagei, in which the sutures are all closed by about stage IV. or V. The close alliance of this species to “ Heterohyrax”’ brucei in general characters, while it has the open sutures of Procavia s.s., is a striking proof of the necessity for abolishing Heterohyram as a separate genus. It is with great pleasure that I attach to this species the name of the distinguished author of the paper ‘‘ Sur le systéme dentaire du genre Daman”', who collected the specimens himself, and after whom it is particularly suitable that a member of this interesting genus should be named. 9. PROCAVIA BOCAGEI. Hyrax bocagei, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) ii. p. 242 (1869) ; Cat. p. 289 (1869). Heterohyrax bocagei, Bocage, J. Sci. Lisb. (2) iil. p. 188 (1889) (general description, habits, &c.). Size rather small. Fur soft and close. General colour soft 1 Ann, Mus. Genoy. (2) iv. p. 5 (1886). ~ 70 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, grizzled grey, very much as in P. drucet. Posterior back not tinged with rufous. Belly white or yellowish. , Dorsal spot inconspicuous, nearly hidden by the surrourding hairs, but on separating these it is seen to be well-developed, elongate, its hairs white or pale yellow to their bases. Skull* light and slender, with a narrow elongated muzzle and flattened frontal region. Parietal, interparietal, and coronal sutures closing at about stage V., always closed in adult animals. Diastema long, about 13 mm. in adults. Teeth small and delicate, markedly brachyodont ; breadth of m* 5°6 to 6°4; height of crown of ™* about 4°5. Pp! elongate, two- rooted, long, persistent, its crown about 3°7 or 3°9 mm. long. Type in British Museum (68. 12. 19. 3). Hab. Angola (‘région moyenne, et les hauts plateaux,” Bocage). The retention of this species as distinct from P. brucei rests on very much the same, rather slender, foundation that the separation from it of P. latastei does, namely the age at which the interparietal sutures ordinarily close. This seems to take place in P. brucei at - about stage I1., in P. bocagei at stage V., and in P. latastei never, or at least not until fully adult life is reached. The longer and slen- derer muzzle of P. bocaget and its more developed p' may also serve to distinguish it from both, which then, the intermediate link being gone, seem more than ever distinct by their interparietal characters. 10. PROCAVIA BRUCEI. Hyrax brucei, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 44 (1868) ; Cat. p- 287 (1869) (excl. syn.—not of later authors *). Dendrohyrax blainvillei, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 50 (1868); Cat. p. 293 (1869). Hyrax irroratus, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) iii. p. 242 (1869) (excl. description of dorsal spot *); Cat. p. 288 (1869). Hyrax mossambicus, Peters, SB. nat. Fr., 1869, p. 25. Dendrohyrax bakeri, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xiv. p. 132 (1874). Size small; forms lender. Mammz 1—2 = 6. Fur short and close, but fine and generally soft. Colour clear grey, finely grizzled with white; underfur pale silvery fawn, rather darker basally. Posterior back generally quite similar to the rest, very rarely more rufous, and then only just above the anal region. Dorsal spot narrow, elongated, white or yellow, the hairs often white at base and becoming more fulvous terminally, but never with any admixture of brown. Pra figures: Gray, Hand-l. Edent. &e. pl. xi. fig. 2 (1873); Bocage, ¢. c. pli. * Nor of the same author’s Hand-l. Edent. &e. p. 40 (1873), where the great majority of the specimens snentioned, and the figured skull, belong to P. abyssi- nicd. * By some curious error the descriptions of the dorsal spots of “ H, irroratus” and “H. ferrugineus” were interchanged in Gray’s original paper, but the error was corrected in the “ Catalogue ” published shortly afterwards. 1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 71 Skull* as described in the so-called subgenus “ Heterohyrax ”*, of which this is the typical species. Interparietal early united to the parietals, and the latter to each other; the coronal suture seldom visible in adult animals. Temporal fossze only extending backwards to within about 8 or 10 millimetres of the lambdoid crest. Diastema long, generally about 10 or 12 mm. in adult specimens. Molars very small and light ; m' rarely or never exceeding 6 mm. in breadth ; generally from about 5°6 to 5°9; rather less in the Somali subspecies. Height of crown of m* 4-5 mm.; p! small but double-rooted, its horizontal length 2°8 to 3-4 mm. Ribs 21 (in the type of var. somalica). Subspecific diagnoses :— A. P. brucei typica. Synonymy as above. Size comparatively large, basal length about 80 mm. Hab, Abyssinia [Senafé and Adigrat, Tigre (Blanford); Shoa (Antinori)]. Central Africa [Latiko, near Wadelai (Baker); Usambiro, Victoria Nyanza* (Zmin)]; Taita (Wray). Mozambique (Peters). B. P. brucei somalica, subsp. n. Size markedly smaller than in the typical form, the skull of an old female having a basal length of only 74 mm.; colour rather aler. 2 Hab. Somali-land. Two specimens, male and female, sent in spirit by E. Lort Phillips, Esq., from Berbera (the female the type of the subspecies); and a skin (9) from Gerbatir, N. Somali-land, by J. Menges. This species has been peculiarly unfortunate in the large number of names that have been applied to it, and still more in the frequency with which its proper name has been applied to other species. The chief cause of the confusion has been the fact that the skull of the type has never been extracted until now, and that on this account the common large-toothed N. Abyssinian species (P. abyssinica) was, without much close examination, dubbed with its name. On extracting, however, the skull of the specimen in the Museum collected by Dr. Riippell, and specially mentioned as the type by Gray, it is found to belong without question to the small-toothed species, which must therefore bear the name of P. brucei. To this species also belongs the ‘‘ aberrant specimen of H. brucei” (No. 786) referred to by Blanford (Zool. Abyss. p. 254, 1870), aberrant really only in so far as it differs from the large-toothed form, to which, naturally following the founder of the name, he wrongly applied the designation P. brucei. The fact of the skull of this 1 Figures: Gray, Hand-l. Edentata, &c. pl. xi. fig. 3 (1875). 2 See Gray and Lataste, //. cc. 3 This specimen was marked by Dr. Emin: —“Iride fusco-umbrina.—Native name ‘ Pembe’”. 72 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE (Jan. 5, specimen being crushed, as mentioned by him, sufficiently accounts for his not realizing that the animal belonged to quite a different species from the rest of his specimens. P. brucei is the most widely distributed of all the Hyraces, extending from Senaté, N. Tigre, its most northern recorded locality in Abyssinia, straight southwards as far as Mozambique, while its subspecies extends eastwards into Somali-land. The typical race of P. brucei seems to be a highland form, as Mr. Blanford’s specimens were taken at 7500 feet and 8000 feet in Abyssinia; the inland examples come from the great lake plateau, and Mr. Wray’s Taita one was taken in the mountains at an altitude of 4500 feet. On the other hand, Mr. Lort Phillips tells me that var. somalica occurs at an altitude of three or four hundred feet only, about 20 or 30 miles inland of Berbera. In Abyssinia P. brucei seems to be far rarer than the two large- toothed species occurring with it, P. abyssinica in the north and P. shoana in South Abyssinia and Shoa; as both Mr. Blanford from the former and the Italian collectors from the latter each obtained only two or three specimens of this species as compared with some twenty or more of its rivals. This is of course only what one might expect, judging from the lesser specialization of its teeth, which presumably put it at a disadvantage compared with its hypso- dont competitors. [PROCAVIA GRAYI. Dendrohyrax grayi, Bocage, J. Sci. Lisb. (2) iii. p. 190 (1889). External characters as in P. bocaget. Mammary formula unknown. Skull and teeth also as in that species, except that the orbits are completed behind by bone. Type in the Lisbon Museum, Hab. Angola; Quissange, Capangombe (Anchieta). Basing his allocation on the presumably important character of the completed orbits, Prof. du Bocage assigned the only specimen of this form of which he had seen the skull to Dendrohyraz, and then naturally distinguished it from “ D.” arborea and dorsalis; but I am much more disposed to consider it as an abnormal variation of P. bocagei for the reasons set forth below. In fact I give it a separate heading chiefly to stimulate inquiry, so that the point may be later settled with certainty. Its position, if a good species, would be here between the brucei group and the more typical Dendrohyraces. To begin with, I am a disbeliever in species only distinguishable by a single character of nearly or quite generic rank, and believe that if P. grayi really were a distinct species of a different group there would be some other characters besides the completed orbits that would betray the fact to an eye so trained as that of the describer himself. As a matter of fact, however, the British Museum received from Prof. du Bocage in 1888, under the name of “ H. bocagei,” a skin (88. 12. 6. 1) which, when its skull was extracted, proved to have completed orbits, and therefore to be a “ P. grayi.’ No 1892.] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 73 better proof could be needed of the close external resemblance which P. grayi bears to P. bocagei. But this specimen is of further interest, for while it has the completed orbits of P. grayi, it has the closed coronal sutures ordinarily characteristic of adult P. bocagei; while the type of P. grayi, most kindly lent me for comparison by Prof. du Bocage, has at stage V. the coronal and the parieto-interparietal suture of the right side still open, the left one was closed. This closure at stage V. is very characteristic of P. bocagei; but, had it not been for the second specimen, one might have been doubtful whether the coronal suture was destined to close in P. grayi. While leaving the question still open, however, I may point out that one external character, when observed, will really settle it. If a P. grayi is found with only 0—1=2 mamme, it will be a Dendro- hyrax and a distinct species ; but if, as I expect, it has |—2=6, as in P. brucei, &e., there will be no longer any reason for keeping it sepa- rate from P. bocagei*. Both the examples before me are males, and therefore the discovery of its mammary formula must wait until more specimens are collected. | 11. Procavia EMINI. Dendrohyrax emini, Thos., Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) xx. p. 440 (1887), P. Z.S. 1888, p. 15, pl. ii. (animal). Not having received any further examples of this remarkable species, I can only reproduce the salient points of my original dia- gnosis, which is based on a young specimen still only at stage I. Fur very long, soft, and fluffy. General colour pale yellowish white, not unlike the belly colour of P. arborea. Hairs above brown for their basal, and pale yellow for their terminal halves. Belly hairs white to their roots. Dorsal spot white, the hairs white throughout. Skull about the same size and shape as that of a P. dorsalis of the same age, markedly narrower and more elongated than that of similarly aged specimens of P. shoana. Orbit not closed posteriorly. Interparietal sutures open. Teeth not distinguishable at this early age from those of P. dorsalis, except that mp’ is decidedly narrower. Breadth of mp* 5-6 mm.; height of its crown 4°1 2. Hab. Monbuttu, Central Africa (Dr. Emin Pasha). I am unable to give further particulars about this animal, owing to the want of adult specimens, but an increased knowledge of the group in general only convinces me more of its distinctness from any other species. In one respect it is especially interesting as showing a general relationship to Dendrohyraz, while it has not the one par- ticular cranial character supposed to be distinctive of that group, the completed orbit. 1 The mammary formula of P. bocagei itself is not as yet absolutely known, but I have little doubt that it is the same as that of its close ally P. brucet. ? By mistake the dimensions of this tooth were given in 1888 as those of m!; but the specimen is younger than I then realized, and m! has not yet been developed. 74 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 5, 12. PRocAVIA VALIDA. Dendrohyrax validus, True, P. U. S. Nat. Mus. xii. p. 227 (1890). Fur thick and close, but rather coarse. Ears short and rounded. Mamme 0—1=2. General colour dark grizzled brown, with a strong suffusion ofdark fulvous. Hairs of back dark slaty grey, with a subterminal ring of orange and a black tip. Belly bright deep fulvous, quite different to anything found elsewhere in the genus. Upper surfaces of hands and feet dark brown or black, darker than the general body colour. Dorsal spot prominent, narrow, elongate, bright cinnamon or fulvous, the hairs rather darker basally. . Skull depressed, muzzle elongate, nasal bones rectangular, slightly expanded posteriorly. Orbit completed behind.” (Z’rwe.) Type in the United States National Museum. Hab. Mt. Kilima-njaro, E. Africa (H. H. Johnston, Dr. W. L. Abbott). This species is of course that referred to by me with much doubt as “ Hyrax brucei, Gray (?),” when working out the collections of Mr. H. H. Johnston from Kilima-njaro. As the skins had no skulls with them, and I did not then know how much reliance might be placed on the peculiarities of the coloration, I naturally referred them to a previously known species, rather than run the risk of describing them unnecessarily. 15. PROCAVIA ARBOREA. Hyrax arboreus, A. Smith, Trans. Linn. Soe. xv. p. 468 (1827). Dendrohyrax arboreus, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 49 (1868). Size medium ; form thick and squat; head not disproportionaliy large. Fur very long and soft ; muzzle always hairy ; ears fringed. Mamme 0—1=2. General colour coarsely mottled fawn or yel- lowish grey with a certain infusion of rufous; the hairs black for their basal seven-eighths, then with a subterminal band of dirty fawn- colour, becoming darker distally, and with a decided black tip. Belly pale yellowish white, sharply defined. Dorsal spot elongate, very prominent, wholly white, the hairs white to their bases, their tips with a yellowish tinge. Skull? flattened, but not in so exaggerated a manner as in P. dorsalis. Muzzle not so markedly elongated; distance from be- tween the postorbital processes to occiput equal to that to the tip of the nasals. Orbits ordinarily, but not always, quite complete behind. Temporal crests as in P. dorsalis. Diastema about 16 or 17 mm. in adult specimens. Molar teeth very small, rounded, brachyodont. Breadth of m’ about 6 mm.; height of the crown of ™* 3:5; p' elongate, two- rooted, 3°5 to 3°8 mm. in horizontal length. 1 Good figures: De Blainv. Ostéogr. iii. Hyrax, pl. ii. (this clearly is P. arborea, and not P. dorsalis as stated by Gray); Gray, Hand-l. Edent. &e. pl. xiii. fig. 2 (1873). 1892. ] SPECIES OF THE HYRACOIDEA. 73 Hab. Fasternand South-Eastern Africa. Taita Mountains inland of Mombasa, 4500 ft. (Brit. Mus., J. Wray). Mozambique (Peters). Kingwilliamstown (Lieut. H. Trevelyan) and Elands Post (7. C. Atmore), Eastern Cape Colony. 14. PRocAVIA DORSALIS. Hyrazv dorsalis, Fraser, P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 99, pl. xxxiii. (animal). Hyrax sylvestris, Temm. Esq. Guin. p. 182 (1853). Dendrohyrax dorsalis, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) i. p. 48 (1868) ; Bocage, ¢. c. p. 194. Hyrax stampflii, Jent. N. L. M. viii. p. 209 (1886). Size large, but, owing to the great proportionate length of the head, the general size is not nearly so large as measurements of the skull wouldimply ; bulk of the body apparently never equal to that found in fine specimens of P. shoana. Fur very long, coarse and shaggy. Muzzle in adult specimens nearly or quite naked in front of the eyes. Mammee ()—1=2. General colour dark purplish brown or black, the hairs black for about four-fifths of their length, with reddish or purplish-grey tips. Hairs of belly similar but paler. Dorsal spot elongate, very prominent, its hairs very long, their basal halves black and their terminal white or pale yellow; the dorsal glandular region quite naked in adults. Skull* very large, much flattened ; muzzle elongate, distance from a point between the postorbital processes to the occiput much less than that to the tip of the nasals. Frontal region markedly concave. Temporal ridges thick, much developed, but not extending back nearly to the occipital edge, more closely approaching each other in the centre lines of the skull. Interparietal sutures quite obliterated in adults *; clearly visible in a skull at stage III. Orbit completely closed behind in all the specimens examined, however young. Diastema very long, from 17 to 20 mm. in adults. T'eceth.—Incisors becoming exceedingly large and strong in old males, further apart than in the true large-toothed species, such as P. abyssinica &e. Incisors of female more ridged than usual. Molars and premolars small, rounded, brachyodont, their series more parallel than in most species. Breadth of m’ 6-6 or 6°8; height of crown of m* about 4:1 to 4-3 mm. Pp! very large, larger than in any other species, double-rooted, its horizontal length about 4-7 or 4-3 mm. Ribs 21. Hab. W. Africa from Liberia to the Cameroons and Fernando Po, probably extending further both north-west and south-east, but as yet no trustworthy record has been given beyond the above limits. 1 Good figures : Gray, Hand-l. Edent. &e. pl. xiii. fig. 1 (1873); Jentink, Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. pl. iv. (1887). 2 The suture at the anterior edge of the interparietal seems to close first in this species as in P. bruce?, while in P. arborea the reverse appears to be the case. Gray's distinction of the skulls of the two species by the positions of the sutures is based on a misconception, the sutures compared by him with each other not being homologous ones. That shown in the figure of D. dorsalis is the pos- terior, while that in the figure of D. arboreus is the anterior suture, 76 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON GEOPHAPS ScRIPTA. _ [Feb. 2, P. dorsalis is one of the few species of the group that is quite distinct from all its neighbours, and presents therefore but little difficulty as to its determination. Its long shaggy fur, peculiar coloration, and proportionately large head and small body distinguish it at once from allitsallies. Dr. Jentink’s Hyraw stampflii presented a remarkable degree of variation in the shape of its lower jaw, and in other characters—variations so great that without a very large sereis of specimens he naturally considered them to be of specific value. Other specimens, however, since obtained both in Liberia and elsewhere prove the essential identity of H. stampflit with dorsalis. February 2, 1892. W. T. Blanford, Esq., F.R.S., F.Z.S., in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1892 :-— The tctal number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of January 1892 was 56, of which 29 were acquired by presentation, 7 by birth, 6 by purchase, 8 were received in exchange, and 6 on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 71. Mr. W. Bateson, F.Z.S., exhibited some Crab’s limbs bearing supernumerary claws. It was shown that these extra parts are really a complementary (right and left) pair of indices or pollices, according to their position of origin, and not repetitions of the two pincers of the claw, as was commonly stated. A letter was read from Prof. R. Ramsay Wright, F.Z.S., of the University of Toronto, enclosing and calling attention to some phctographs of the heaps of skulls of the American Bison (Bison americanus), which are commonly collected on the plains of the Saskatchewan, and are piled up on the sidings of the Canadian Pacific Railway awaiting transport, and which testify to the enormous number of these animals recently exterminated in this district. Mr. Sclater laid on the table two specimens, in spirit, of chicks of the Partridge Bronze-wing Pigeon (Geophaps scripta) which had been hatched in the Society’s Gardens on the 7th of June last ; also an egg of the same species of bird, laid in the Gardens, and made the following remarks :— I cannot at all agree with Dr. Bowdler Sharpe in his recent proposal to divide the very natural order “Columbz” into two portions, and to associate the Geophabes or Ground-Pigeons with the Gallinaceous birds *. According to the observations we have made from time to time in 1 See ‘Review of Recent Attempts to Classify Birds,’ pp. 69, 70.—N.B. The correct plural of Geophaps is Geophates, from oa, gen. papds. = 1892.] MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A SIRENIAN JAW. 77 the Society’s Gardens, where several species of the Ground-Pigeons * have bred repeatedly, the young of the Ground-Pigeons when hatched are nearly naked and quite helpless, and differ in no respect from the young of the typical Columbz. In proof of this I exhibit two specimens of the young of the Partridge Bronze-wing Pigeon (Geophaps scripta), hatched in the Gardens on June 7th last, and about 14 days old when they died. It will be observed that at this date they were barely covered with feathers and hardly fledged. In fact one of them was actually killed by falling from a slight elevation in the Aviary, having been hatched in the nest of a Barbary Turtledove (Turtur risorius), to which the egg had been removed in consequence of the bird that laid it refusing to sit upon it. It cannot therefore be said that these birds are ‘‘able to run soon after birth.” Nor, in the reference given by Dr. Sharpe, does Mr. Gilbert, so far as I can gather from his remarks, say so; he merely states that ‘‘the young bird on emerging from the egg is clothed with down like the young of the Quail” (Gould’s ‘ Hand- book to the Birds of Australia,’ vol. ii. p. 134). I cannot therefore allow that on this ground there is any justification for the important step that Dr. Sharpe proposes to take. As regards the other point put forward by Dr. Sharpe in justi- fication of his proposal, it is no doubt the fact that the sternum of the Australian Ground-Pigeons is longer and narrower than the corresponding organ in the typical Columba. But the general characters of the sternum in Geophaps and its allies remain the same as in the typical Columbz, so that on this point also I see no sufficient ground for the alteration proposed. I prefer to keep all the Columbz together, as heretofore, in one group of ordinal value, as constituting a very well-defined and very natural division of the class of Birds, and I even doubt whether more than one family can be properly made of them. The following papers were read :— 1. On a remarkable Sirenian Jaw from the Oligocene of Italy, and its bearing on the Evolution of the Sirenia. By R. Lypexcxer, B.A., F.G.S. [Received December 9, 1891.] Among a series of Tertiary Vertebrate fossils recently acquired by the British Museum my attention was specially directed to one labelled by the dealer from whom it was received, ‘* Sirene, Oligo- caen, Monte Grumi, Vicenza.” At the first glance I felt convinced that the assignation of the specimen to the Sirenia was correct ; but, at the same time, one of the two teeth contained in the specimen struck me as presenting a peculiarity of form such as I had never seen in any other Sirenian. Further examination led me to the conclusion that the specimen had an important bearing on the . 1 Viz.: Ocyphaps lophotes, Phaps chalcoptera, Leucosarcia picata, Phlogenas crinigera, Calenas nicobarica, and others. See List of Vertebrate Animals (1883), pp. 459 ef segg. lod 78 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A SIRENIAN JAW [Feb. 2, unsolved problem of the evolution of the Sirenian order, and that it was accordingly worthy of being brought under the notice of this Society. Before proceeding to the description of the specimen a few words are necessary as to the Sirenian remains hitherto recorded from the Venetian Tertiaries. Some years ago the late Baron Zigno' described and figured a certain number of Sirenian remains from the Miocene cf Belluno, in the north of Venice, which were referred to four species, under the names of Halitherium bellunense, H. angustifrons, H. curvidens, and H. veronense. At a later period these four species were reduced by Professor Lepsius*, of Darmstadt, to two; H. bellunense being transferred to Metaxytherium, while H. angusti- rons and H. curvidens were merged in H. veronense. Since to my mind the distinction between Metaxytherium and Halitherium is not of sufficient importance to be regarded as a generic one, we may, so far as this information goes, reckon the Venetian Sirenians as indicating two species of Halitherium, under the names of H. bellu- nense and HH. veronense. Vicenza, where the specimen under consideration was obtained, is situated, I need hardly say, in the south-western half of the Province of Venice, a little north of the parallel connecting Verona and the city of Venice. In spite, however, of its distance from Belluno, it is most probable that the mammaliferous beds of both localities are of the same horizon; in which case those of Belluno should be reckoned as Upper Oligocene. Of the Sirenians from Venetia the types of Halitheriwm bellunense and H. veronense exhibit the cheek-teeth in a good state of pre- servation. In the latter species * the upper premolars are very small teeth, with nearly cylindrical crowns. On the other hand, the upper molars are relatively large teeth, with oblong crowns, carrying two transverse ridges, with fore-and-aft talons. The anterior talon in these teeth is very large and prominent, while the posterior one is considerably smaller. Their first transverse ridge is more nearly continuous than the second. When somewhat worn, as is the case with those of the type specimen, these transverse ridges show nearly straight bands of denitine, and not the distinct trefoils observable in the molars of Halitherium schinzi from the Oligocene of Hessen- Darmstadt. A distinct tubercle occurs in the inner half of the median transverse valley of these teeth. In Baron Zigno’s figures there is no indication of what I shall allude to as a masked sele- nodont structure in these molars. : Coming now to the consideration of the specimen forming the subject of this communication, of which a representation of the teeth is given herewith (see fig. 1, p. 79), it nay be observed, in the first place, that it is a fragment of the left maxilla of a very young mammal of comparatively large size. It shows part of the palatal surface, the 1 Mem. R. Ist. Veneto, vol. xviii. pp. 438-449, pls. xiv.-xviii. (1875); see also Zigno, op. cit. vol. xxi, pp. 291-298, pl. iv. (1880). * Abhandl. mittelrhein. geol. Vereins, vol. i. pp. 1-179, pls. i-x. (1881-82) ; see also Capellini, Mem, R. Accad. Ist. Bologna, ser. 4, vol. vii. pp. 39-53: (1886), 3 Zigno, op. cit, vol. xviii. pl. xviii. . 1892.] FROM THE OLIGOCENE OF ITALY. 79 external wall, the anterior root of the zygomatic arch, a portion of the floor of the orbit, and the aperture of the canal for the fifth nerve. At the hinder extremity of the palatal surface are preserved two molariform teeth, which are almost or quite untouched by wear, and are, fortunately, uninjured. By filing away the alveolar parapet in front of the anterior one of these teeth, there have been revealed the two roots of a third tooth. Behind the last remaining tooth there is a portion of the alveolus of a fourth tooth which had evidently not been protruded from the gum. Now the unworn condition of the two remaining teeth and their Figs. 1, 1a, 14.—The third and fourth left wpper milk-molars of a young individual of Prorastoma veronense, viewed from the oral and outer aspects; la is }, the others +. pr., protocone; pa., paracone ; me., metacone; hy., hypocone, ‘The letters a, b, ¢, d, indicate the parts of the hinder tooth which correspond with those similarly lettered in fig. 2. Fig. 2.—The third left upper molar of Merycopotamus dissimilis, Letters as in preceding figure. 3. position with regard to the anterior root of the zygomatic arch, coupled with the alveolus of the unprotruded fourth tooth, clearly indicate that the jaw belonged to an exceedingly young animal. And, apart from their structure, we should further be justified in regarding the two entire teeth as belonging to the deciduous series if their owner were a diphyodont mammal, or to the premolar series if the animal were monophyodont. ‘I'here are, however, considerations which enable us to determine the serial homelogy of the teeth more definitely. Each of the two teeth carries on its crown well-marked but dis- continuous transverse ridges, separated by deep valleys. In the hinder tooth the crown is oblong and nearly symmetrical, and carries 80 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A SIRENIAN JAW [Feb. 2, two such ridges ; while in front it has a long and prominent talon, and behind a shorter one, which runs upwards to join the inner extremity of the second transverse ridge. In the inner half of the transverse median valley there is a small double tubercle. I shall have more to say on the structure of the ridges of this tooth by- and-by. The anterior one of the two teeth differs from the other in being much more elongated, and in narrowing gradually from back to front, where it terminates in a blunt point. It has, moreover, three, instead of two, transverse ridges; the second and third ridges corresponding closely in structure with the two ridges of the hinder tooth, while the first ridge is more irregular in shape, and has on its anterior surface a rudiment of the anterior talon of the hinder tooth. Reverting to the latter, an examination shows that the transverse ridges are not simple continuous ones, but are formed by an inner and outer column, closely pressed together ; the whole four columns corresponding to those of an ordinary bunodont molar, like that ofa Pig, and representing the proto-, para-, meta-, and hypocone of Pro- fessor Osborn’s system of notation of these dental elements. A further examination will, moreover, show that these four columns are not of a bunodont type, but are modelled on a peculiar modification of the selenodont structure. In order to illustrate this I have had figured a left upper molar (fig. 2, p. 79) of the extinct Siwalik genus Merycopotamus, which is a specialized representative of the Artiodactyle Ungulate family Anthracotheriide. It will be apparent from that figure that the external surfaces of the outer columns (paracone and metacone), instead of being nearly upright, are inclined very much towards the centre of the tooth, so that the summits of these columns are squeezed into the crescents formed by the inner columns (protocone and hypocone). It will further be observed that the external surfaces of the paracone and metacone of the Merycopotamus-molar carry a median ridge (c) flanked by two lateral ridges (a, 4). Now if the metacone of the hinder tooth in our specimen be com- pared with that of the Merycopotamus-molar, there cannot be any hesitation in recognizing their close similarity in structure—the external surfaces of the outer columns showing the same inclination towards the centre of the crown and having the same general contour. In the present specimen, however, the metacone has assumed a more oblique position to the axis of the crown, and has been squeezed right into the heart of the crescent of the hypocone. In consequence of this the postero-external ridge of the metacone has been lost, and its central and anterior points have come into line with the central cusp of the hypocone to form the imperfect transverse ridge of the molar. A precisely analogous condition obtains with regard to the paracone and protocone’. It appears, therefore, to be quite evident that the hinder tooth of the specimen under consideration is constructed on an extreme and 1 Although these points are apparent enough when the actual specimens are compared, it seems to be impossible to indicate them clearly in a figure. 1892. | FROM THE OLIGOCENE OF ITALY. 81 apparently degenerate modification of the brachydont selenodont molars of certain extinct Artiodactyle Ungulates. We may, however, go a step further than this. It is, I believe, an attribute of all Artiodactyle Ungulates, whether their cheek-teeth be of the bunodont or of the selenodont type, that while the last upper deciduous or milk-molar resembles the permanent molars in form, the penultimate milk-molar is an elongated tooth of a more complex type than either the last milk-molar or the two succeeding permanent molars. In the adult dentition, on the other hand, the last upper premolar of Artiodactyles is nearly always simpler than the first molar, and in none is it more complex or longer. Now the two teeth of the specimen under consideration present precisely the same structural relationship to one another as is pre- sented by the penultimate and last (third and fourth) upper milk- molars of Artiodactyles. I take it, therefore, not only that these teeth are third and fourth upper milk-molars, but likewise that they belonged to an animal showing decided indications of Artiodactyle affinities—these affinities being with an Artiodactyle that had assumed selenodont molars more or less closely approaching the Merycopotamus type. This being so, the question arises whether the specimen under consideration may not have belonged to an actual Artiodactyle. To this it may be replied that, so far as I am aware, no Artiodactyle has hitherto been described possessing molar teeth of the type under consideration ; so that if the specimen were really Artiodactylate, it would indicate an entirely new form. Apart, however, from this, the structure of the second tooth in the specimen presents such a marked Sirenian facies that, as I have said, one is prompted to at once refer the specimen to that group of mammals. If, moreover, it be compared with Baron Zigno’s figure of the upper molars of Halitherium veronense, it will be seen that the last milk-molar of the present specimen accords in almost all respects with these teeth. Both have two interrupted transverse ridges, with a large anterior and a small posterior talon; and in both there is a tubercle a little to the inner side of the middle of the transverse valley. Moreover, both teeth agree in the shape of the crown; while the excess in the size of the teeth of Baron Zigno’s specimen over those of the one under consideration is precisely such as we should expect to find between the milk and permanent molars of one and the same animal. It is true, indeed, that in Zigno’s figure what I may call the masked selenodontism of the teeth under consideration is not apparent. This may, however, be due to the circumstance that the teeth of the type of H. veronense are con- siderably worn ; while it may also be in part owing to the difficulty -of expressing such features in a lithograph. Moreover, there is the possibility that the masked selenodontism of the milk-molars may not have been retained in the permanent dentition. In regard to the existence of a deciduous dentition in the Sirenia, it is already known that milk-molars and premolars were developed in Halitherium schinzi. It is, however, probable that in that species Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. VI. 6 82 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A SIRENIAN JAW. [Feb. 2, the milk-molars were not like those of the present specimen, since the permanent molars were of a more Hippopotamus-like structure than are those of H. veronense, and show no indications whatever of selenodontism. Conclusive evidence of the Sirenian nature of our fossil is, however, afforded by the orbital region, which is almost exactly the same as in the Sirenian from Jamaica described by Sir R. Owen’ as Pro- rastomus sirenoides. In both we have the same peculiar eversion and projection of the lower border of the orbit which is absolutely characteristic of the Sirenia. In both, again, we notice the extra- ordinary size of the foramen for the exit of the fifth nerve, and its immediate proximity to the anterior border of the orbit, these being also distinctive Sirenian features. Then, again, a comparison of the last milk-molar with the upper molars of Halitherium schinzi (e.g. B.M. No. 40859) clearly shows the ordinal identity of the two forms. I take it, therefore, that the Sirenian nature of the Vicenza Specimen is certain; and since its milk-molars agree in general structure and relative size with the permanent molars of Halitherium veronense, Which occurs in the same country and probably on the same geological horizon, the evidence appears to be very strongly in favour of the reference of the specimen in question to that animal. Apart, however, from any question of specific reference, the specimen before us undoubtedly throws a flood of light on the origin of the Sirenia, and points clearly to their derivation from an ancestor belonging to an Artiodactyle Ungulate with short-crowned and selenodont molar teeth. It is, indeed, no new idea that the Sirenians show Ungulate affinities, this presumed origin having been very strongly urged by many zoologists; although Professor Flower, writing in the article “Manatee’’ in the ‘ Encylopedia Britan- nica,’ expresses his opinion that the few facts at present known relating to the ancestry of the Sirenians “lend no countenance to their association with the Cetacea, and on the other hand their supposed affinity with the Ungulata, so much favoured by modern zoologists, receives no very material support from them.” If, however, my interpretation of the affinities of the present specimen - be accepted, it will go a very long way towards solving the problem of the Sirenian genealogy. So far as I am aware, the component elements of the molar teeth of the Sirenians have not hitherto been homologized with those of mere typical teeth. The molars of the present specimen clearly show us, however, the homology of the elements of the simple and con- tinuous transverse ridges found in Manatus and Halitherium schinzi, such ridges being clearly only one step more in the degeneration from a selenodont type exhibited in the molars of the specimen before us. I may add that although the upper permanent molars of H. ver- onense differ considerably from those of more typical species of Halitherium, while there is no evidence that the latter had milk- molars of the type of the present specimen, yet I should not on > Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxi. p. 559, pls, xxxviii., xxxix. (1875). PZS1892.Plate IV. West, Newman ad nat. itn Fat are ; 2 aA oe Coleovtera trom fina-Dbaiu 1892.] REV. H.S. GORHAM ON COLEOPTERA FROM KINA BALU. 83 e these grounds be disposed to.regard the former as the representative of a distinct genus. I find, however, by a comparison of Baron Zigno’s figures with skulls of Halitherium schinzi and Prorastomus sirenoides, that the skull of Halitherium veronense differs altogether from the former and agrees with the latter. This is shown in its long and narrow contour, narrow and elliptical narial aperture, slight deflection of the rostrum, and the form of the inferior border of the orbit ; all of which are in marked contrast to those of Halitherium schinzi. Further, although the molars of Prorastomus sirenvides are much worn and are only imperfectly shown, yet one of them clearly exhibits the large anterior talon characteristic of the so-called Halitherium veronense, such talon being represented in H. schinzi by a much smaller one. The extremities of the jaws of the Venetian species being unknown, I can of course say nothing as to the incisors, which are present in P. sirenoides. From the other evidence H. veronense may, bowever, be «pretty confidently transferred to the genus Prorastomus, or, as it should be, Prorastoma, under the name of P. veronense. 2. Descriptions of Coleoptera collected by Mr. John White- head on Kina Balu, Borneo.—Families Hispide, Eroty- lide, Endomychide, Lycide, Lampyride, &c. By the Rev. H. S. Goruam, F.Z.S. [Received December 23, 1891.] (Plate IV.) The Coleoptera of which it is the purpose of this paper to give an account were collected by Mr. J. Whitehead during his residence from 1886 to the middle of 1887 in the neighbourhood of Kina Balu, and for the most part in the early months of those years. This mountain is a plutonic mass rising abruptly on one side to an altitude of about 13,000 feet, clothed at its base and to about 4000 feet with forest and low trees. . Owing to its summit being bare, a denuded granitic surface, few insects were obtained by Mr. White- head above that height. The best collecting grounds were found to be the river-beds, and at the altitudes mentioned the usual tropical conditions obtain. Representing as Kina Balu does the primitive upheaved portions of this part of the world, which have been in all probability above the sea during geologic ages, it was to be expected that both its fauna and flora would prove of the most interesting type, and judging from the few species of insects now under review this certainly appears to be the case. Several species were unfortunately only represented by single speci- mens, and some of these I am unableat present to determine. ‘The collection is now in Mr. Alexander Fry’s possession, who has kindly placed a portion of it at my disposal for description. = 84 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON [Feb. 2, HisPiD&. Prionispa, Chapuis. PRIONISPA PULCHRA, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 2.) Rufa, supra metallico-viridis, prothorace elytrisque subopacis, rufo-marginatis, grosse punctatis, his tuberculis tribus conicis 5 humeris costatis, et angulo posteriore spiniformi. Long. 6 millim. Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). Body beneath and legs red ; head red except the crown ; antenne blackish, their basal joint sometimes wholly red ; the front produced aud with a carina between the bases of the antenne ; thorax sub- quadrate, coarsely punctured at the sides, obsoletely so in the middle, green above and opaque, red beneath. Elytra with the shoulders elevated, with a double costate elevation in addition to the costate submarginal interstice, and three conical elevations, of which the middle is the larger and which ow its exterior side is excavated, and metallic and not green in that part ; the spine-like production of the hind angle is large and sharp and compressed horizontally, it is green in the middle but fiery copper at its apex ; the sutural angle is yellow, and the margins of the elytra external to the humeral callus are brownish with a coppery or purple reflexion. The apical margin is not toothed, but there are one or two minute serrations at the base of the spine. Six specimens of this beetle were obtained by Mr. Whitehead at about 1000 feet altitude on Kina Balu. Hisporria, Baly. HisPoPRIA GRANDIS. Hispopria grandis, Baly, Cat. of Hisp. in Coll. Brit. Mus. 1858, p- 95 Kina Balu (Whitehead), 2 specimens. AN1IsopERA (Chevr.), Baly. ANISODERA, Sp. n. (a). Kina Balu. A dull red species apparently belonging to Sect. A. 6 of Baly’s Catalogue. The species of Anisodera are so difficult to distinguish, that I do not feel disposed to describe this till I have further acquaintance with them. ANISODERA, Sp. 0. (6). Kina Balu ( Whitehead). A single specimen of a smaller species with black legs and antenne, and much rougher elytra and coarsely punctured thorax. EROTYLIDE. TETRALANGURIA SPLENDENS, Wied. Kina Balu, many examples. 1892. ] COLEOPTERA FROM KINA BALU, 85 TRIPLATOMA ATTENUATA. Triplatoma attenuata, Crotch, Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 405. Nesites attenuata, Bedel, Rev. Triplatoma, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1882; p.10; t: x.°f. 5. Kina Balu. Has occurred also at Sarawak and in Sumatra. Bedel’s figure does not give a correct idea of the narrowness of the thorax in proportion to the width of the elytra. TRIPLATOMA ‘GESTROI. Triplatoma gestroi, Bedel, 7. c. p. 440, t. x. f.4; Gorham, P. Z.S, 1883, p. 80, t. 18. f. 1. Labuan, Sarawak. Also occurs in Sumatra. ENCAUSTES MARGINALIS. Encaustes marginalis, Crotch, Cist. Ent. 1876, p. 477. Kina Balu. ASMONAX, genus novum. Characteres plerumque sicut in Encauste; differt antennarum articulo tertio vir longiore quam seeundus, prothoracis lateribus compressis, sinuatis, angulis anticis depressis, disco inequali, bicostato, elytris interstitiis alternis costato-elevatis. This new genus is nearly allied to Hncaustes, but has a very different facies owing to the form of the thorax, and the costz on it and on the elytra. The front of the prosternum is plain as in Encaustes, that is to say, not elevated nor brought into a point in front as in Micrencaustes. ASMONAX WHITEHEADI, nu. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 5.) Anthracinus, niger, nitidus ; antennis articulis octo globuliformibus, tertio vix elongato, tribus ultimis transverso-compressis, pube- scentibus ; capite opaculo, fere levi, inter antennas transverse impresso ; prothorace transverso-subquadrato, ad angulos posti- cos parum angustato, levi, in medio nitidulo, obsolete haud acute bicostulato, ad margines subopaco, antice posticeque obsolete _fossulato, punctis nonnullis hic illie dispersis, margine laterali tenuiter elevato ; elytris tenuiter punctato-striatis, costis tribus elevatis, quarta etiam externa cum suturali ad apicem conjuncta, seriebus duobus inter costas singulas. Abdomen fortiter sparse punctatum. Long. 18-19 millim. Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu and North Borneo (Whitehead). Wholly black and shining, subopaque in places, as the sides and lateral reflexed underside of the thorax. Owing to the form of the thorax, which has the sides sinuate, turned in and downward at the front angles, and the strong double ridge on the centre of the thorax, this species has a remarkable and Endomychid appearance; the costate elytra are an exaggeration of what takes place in such species as 86 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON [Feb. 2, E. opaca, Crotch. The shortening of the third joint of the antennze and their bead-shaped appearance show this to bea strongly modified form. The femora are compressed and sinuous just as in Encaustes ; the middle tibize have a tooth-like projection externally, just above the insertion of the tarsi, and are pubescent internally at their apices. The elytral epipleura are pitchy brown, but not noticeably so, and have obsolete transverse wrinkles. I have only seen four examples of this species, viz. those obtained by Mr. Whitehead. I cannot distinguish the sexes. ENDOMYCHID£. AMPHISTERNUS ARMATUS, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 3.) Niger, opacus, obsolete varioloso-punctatus ; thorace subquadrato, angulis anticis acutis, valde productis ; elytris spinis duabus acutis c@neo-micantibus, una subhumerali, altera conoidea in medio, apice acute mucronato, tuberculisque duobus nigris nitidis, uno basali uno apicali ; femoribus clavatis, apicibus piceis. Long. 8 millim. Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). Rather larger than A. spinicollis ; and at once distinguished from both the described species of spinous Amphisterni by the two black tubercles, the produced front angles of the thorax, which are like those of 4. auriculatus but not reflexed, and by the fiery coppery or eeneous colour which is seen on the shining parts. The head is thickly punctured, rather shining, and the antennze have all the joints from the third to the eighth elongate, the third longer than the two following united ; the sides of the thorax are slightly angu- late in the middle and narrow a little to the base; the disk is quite opaque, with coarse confluent large punctures. Of the elytra the anterior tubercle has a pitchy tint, the humeral angle is reflexed and smooth, as is the basal margin; the first lateral spine is a little below the shoulder, very long and acute, wide at its base, but com- pressed if viewed from behind, brassy black ; the middle spine more upright but still divaricating, conoidal at its base; both spines punctured at their base, as the elytra are. The posterior tubercle is bluish black and smooth; the apical production of the. elytra is external to and independent of the sutural angle, which is itself quite distinct—it is in fact part of the margin itself, the epipleural fold being continued along it as a groove. The legs are brassy black, the club of the femora distinctly pitchy. Several specimens of this-interesting new species were obtained by Mr. Whitehead. EUMORPHUS TUMESCENS, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 4.) E. marginati statura et similitudine ; niger, elytris nigro-ceruleis, late (humeris minus) marginatis, apicibus subacutis, maculis quatuor magnis aurantiacis. Long. 17, lat. 13 millim. 3. Mas, elytris in medio conjunctim alte et acute elevatis, pro- thoracis angulis posticis acutis, haud longe productis; tibiis 1892. } COLEOPTERA FROM KINA BALU. 87 anticis infra medium dente acuto valde distante armatis; haud compresso-sinuatis. Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). Antenne longer than in #. marginatus, all the joints from the third, and the club, being longer. The thorax is not so broad, especially at the base, the hind angles in the male not being nearly so much produced, but still they are acute; its disk is more uneven, there being in the single male before me an impressed pit on each side of the centre ; the elytra have the expanded margin more gradually widened, so that it is narrower at the shoulders than in Z. mar- ginatus. The four spots are larger in proportion, and placed nearer together than in that species, and they are more acuminate at the apex, and the middle of their disk is much more acutely raised, the summit of this raised part being conical and nearer the two anterior spots than the corresponding part in H. marginatus. The front tibize in the male are nearly straight, not strongly smuous nor dis- torted as in H. marginatus, but a little compressed laterally with a short external groove at their apices (for the reception of the tarsi), but not grooved along their whole length. This insect has-also some analogy with Z. turritus; but the larger yellow spots and the dark blue colour of the elytra, as well as the structure of the tibize, will at once distinguish it. One specimen, a male, obtained by Mr. Whitehead. EUMORPHUS COSTATUS. Eumorphus costatus, Gorham, Endom. Ree. p. 34. Mas, tibiis anticis dente acuto valde distante in medio armatis ; tibiis intermediis et posticis mediocriter curvatis, his intus ciliatis. I believe a single male and female from Kina Balu to be identical with the species described by myself from two female specimens from Celebes. The male has the elytra shining, and with an indis- tinct violet tint, while the female is subopaque and is distinguished by ashort keel on the elytra at their base near the scutellum. The yellow spots are large, and cause the species to recall H. quadrinotatus. The male has the hind angles of the thorax acutely produced, by which it is at once separated from #. quadrinotatus. EuUMORPHUS GUERINI. Eumorphus guerini, Gorham, Endom. Ree. p. 33. Many specimens of this were obtained by Mr. Whitehead ; all 1 have yet seen are males. Hitherto only seen from the Malay peninsula. EuMORPHUS LUCIDUS, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 1.) Nigro-subviolaceus, nitidus ; elytris ovatis, apice acuminatis, maculis duobus rotundatis aurantiacts nitidis, anteriore parum tumida ; thorace (femine) subopaco. Long. 9 millim. 9. Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). It is difficult to compare this species with any other of the genus ; 88 ' ‘REV. H. S. GORHAM ON [Feb. 2, the elytra are very slightly margined, but are acuminate at their apex, and not very strongly convex. It is entirely black, with the exception that the elytra have a faintly violet tinge and are very smooth and shining, the four spots are moderate in size, and round, very smooth, but not raised; the thorax (of the female) is opaque, with two rather obsolete basal impressions and a central channel, its sides are a little angular in the middle, contracted to the front angles. The antenne are of moderate length, the fourth to the eighth joints a little longer than wide, the three club-joints subequal, transverse, not much compressed. Four specimens were found by Mr. Whitehead. This species may be placed after EZ. guerini, Gorh. Lycipz. METRIORRHYNCHUS, Sp. ine. Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). A single example ( 2 ) of a Metriorrhynchus allied to M.geometricus, but larger, and precisely similar in colour to Xylobanus reticulatus, Gorh., of which there is an example from the same region. It is also very close to DW. infuscatus, Gorh., Notes from Leyd. Mus. iv. 1882, p. 96. METRIORRHYNCHUS, Sp. inc. Kina Balu (Whitehead). A single specimen of a species allied to WM. sericeus, but with much brighter red elytra, apical half black. METRIORRHYNCHUS, Sp. inc. Kina Balu (Whitehead). Unfortunately also a single specimen only of a species with the double rows of cells distinct and wide, black with red elytra, of which the apical quarter is black, and black marks at their base. Allied to WV. cinnabarinus, Gorh. XYLOBANUS RETICULATUS. (Plate IV. fig. 6.) Xylobanus reticulatus, Gorh., Notes from Leyd. Mus. 1882, p. 96. Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). A single specimen, apparently of this species. TELEPHORUS VIRIDANUS. Telephorus viridanus, Gorh., Notes from Leyd. Mus. vol. iv. 1882, p. 105. Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu ( Whitehead). A single specimen. LyROPZUS, n. sp. Kina Balu (Whitehead). A single specimen of a new species of this remarkable genus. 1892.] COLEOPTERA FROM KINA BALU. 89 LAMPYRIDZ. VESTA AURANTIACA. (Plate IV. fig. 9.) Vesta aurantiaca, Ern. Oliv., Notes from Leyd. Mus. vol. viii. 1886, p. 192. Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). M. Ernest Olivier has separated under this name specimens of a Vesta referred by me to Vesta urens, described by myself from Borneo (cf. Notes from Leyd. Mus. vol. v. 1883, p. 3). Three speci- mens collected by Mr. Whitehead on Kina Balu agree precisely with one of these specimens from Sumatra in my possession. As the specimen which M. E. Olivier redescribes as the type of my V. urens is now at Leyden, I have no means of forming an opinion on the specific distinction of V. aurantiaca, but it certainly occurs in Borneo, as these specimens prove. Pyroce1ia, Gorham. PyROC@LIA COLLARIS, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 7.) Oblonga, subparallela, opace nigro-fumosa; prothorace brevi, transverso, flavo, distincte at tenuiter carinato, margine antico late et alte reflexo, basi recte truncato, angulis posticis subrectis, nullo modo productis ; pygidio flavo. Long. 20 millim. Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). Head black, eyes moderate ; antenne long and thin for this genus, nearly asin P. fumigata, the joints much longer than wide and not serrate ; thorax almost semicircular, with the margins much reflexed, the diaphanous !unules not very translucent. Elytra entirely smoky black, two costules moderately distinct for about two thirds of the length of the elytra, the intermediate one very obsolete; scutellum, head, legs, and body entirely dull black, with the exception of the apical ventral segment and pygidium and of the two luminous patches. This insect is apparently allied to P. opaca, Bourg., described and figured in the ‘ Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova, vol. ii. 1885, p. 349, t. v. f. 2, from which, however, it differs by the scutellum being black, by the entirely black legs and body, and by the absence of the pubescence, and (judging by the figure) by the thinner and not serrate antenne. One specimen. Diaruanes, Motschulsky. DIAPHANES APICALIS, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 8.) Breviter oblongus, subopacus, ochraceus ; prothorace brevi, margine antico elevato, lunulis duabus translucidis; disco antice tenuissime carinato; elytrorum apicibus, antennis, palpis, pedibus, abdomineque (apice excepto) nigris. Long. 14 millim. Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). This species resembles rather closely Pyrocelia terminata, Gorh., but from the thin antenne and the size of the eyes and the clear 90 REV. H. S. GORHAM AND MK.C.T.GAHAN ON [Feb. 2, translucent spaces of the thorax it ought rather to be placed in the genus Diaphanes. The thorax is shorter and has the hind angles less produced than is usual in this genus; the apical ventral plate and the pygidium are yellow; the head, breast, and the extreme base of the legs are yellow, but clouded in parts with fuscous. One specimen. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. Fig. 1. Eumorphus lucidus, 9, p. 87. . Prionispa pulchella, p. 84. . Amphisternus armatus, p. 86. ELumorphus tumescens, 3, p. 86. . Asmonax whiteheadi, p. 85. . Aylobanus reticulatus, p. 88. Pyrocelia collaris, p. 89. Diaphanes apicalis, p. 89. . Vesta aurantiaca, p. 89: $9.00 STO? OUR wo bo 3. On the Coleoptera collected by Mr. W. Bonny in the Aruwimi Valley, Central Africa. By the Rev. H.S. Goruam, F.Z.S., and C. T. Ganan, M.A. [Received December 23, 1891.] In the following paper the Coleoptera of the families Cleride, Bostrychide, Chrysomelide, Galerucide, Casside, Hispide, Erotylidz, and Ceccinellidze collected by Mr. W. Bonny during the Emin Relief Expedition are noticed and the presumed new species are described, in continuation of the accounts already furnished by Mr. Bates (P. Z. S. 1890, pp. 479-492, and Mr. Champion, pp. 637- 646). The species of which examples were represented were not numerous, but the same remarkable coincidence specifically with the Coleoptera of the West Coast, especially of Old Calabar, will be noticed. The Phytophaga, with the exception of the Casside and Hispide, have been kindly worked out by Mr. Gahan of the British Museum. Family CLERIDz. 1. Cyxiprus Frascratus, Laporte. Cylidrus fasciatus, Laporte, Cast. Silb. Rev. iv. p. 35. Var. B. sPINOLZ. While the type of this species is from Senegal, the var. B is recorded from Madagascar. It is also in my collection from Natal. _ Family Bostrycuip2. 2. APATE TEREBRANS, Pallas. Apate terebans, Pallas, Spicil. Zool., Ins. p. 7. 3. APATE sp. ine. Probably 4. productus, Imhoff. 1892. ] COLEOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 91 Family Curysometip%. (By C. J. Gahan, M.A.) MEGALOPODINZ 4. PaciLomorPHA MURRAYI, Baly. This species was founded upon specimens from Old Calabar. EuMOLPIN2. 5. CORYNODES BONNYI, 0. sp. C. cyaneo simillimus, sed differt elytris crebre punctatis vir nitidis, et articulis antennarum quinque ultimis plus dilatatis. Long. 104 millim. Resembling very much in colour and general appearance C. cyaneus, Fabr. The last five joints of the antennz are strongly dilated, the seventh joint triangular, the eighth to eleventh subquadrate, transverse, the ninth and tenth each almost as broad as long. Pro- thorax shining, sparingly and not very distinctly punctured. Elytra rather dull, thickly punctured. Claws of tarsi cleft, with the inner division acute, shorter than the outer. The species may be distinguished from C. compressicornis (which it resembles in the punctuation of the elytra) by the greater dilatation of the apical joints of its antennze and by the sparser punctuation of its pronotum. 6.. COLASPOSOMA ARUWIMIENSE, 0. sp. Cyaneum, nitidum ; pedibus viridescentibus; prothorace quam latior viz duplo longiore, dense punctulato ; elytris crebre et sat for- titer punctatis, lateribus utrisque obtuse iy obsolete uni- costatis. Long. 8-10 millim. Dark blue, with the legs metallic green ; wie prothorax, and scutellum varying to metallic green. Head rather thickly and not very strongly punctured. Prothorax with its median length rather more than half the width measured across the base; thickly and not strongly punctured above; lateral margins rather feebly convex. Scutellum sparsely punctured. Elytra very thickly and rather strongly punctured, with the punctures running together to form a feeble rugosity on the sides just below and behind the shoulders. Beginning a little behind the shoulder there is a single obtuse and slightly elevated costa, along the side of each elytron ; this costa is ‘sometimes obsolete. The shoulders of the elytra are slightly prominent. The present species may perhaps be only a local variety of a species (C. fairmairei, Lefév.) occurring in Old Calabar. The latter has the prothorax much more distinctly punctured, the punctures being larger and less closely placed together. The colour is very variable—dark blue, metallic green, and bronze-purple. 7. CoLAsPosoMA, sp. A single specimen, differing from the preceding in its eclour—a 92 REV. H. S. GORHAM AND MR.C.7T.GAHAN ON [Feb. 2, bright metallic green—and in having a slight depression on the outer disk of each elytron a little below the base. There is no trace of a costa on the sides of the elytra. Possibly only a variety of the preceding. CHRYSOMELINE. 8. CHRYSOMELA OPULENTA, Reiche. Chrysomela opulenta, Reiche, Voy. Galin. Abyss. p. 405, t. 25. fig. 7. GALERUCINA. 9. OipEs TYPOGRAPHICA, Ritsema. Oides typographica, Ritsema, Tijdschr. Ent. xviii. p. 21. One example. 10. CeEROCHROA MACULICOLLIS, Baly. Cerochroa maculicollis, Baly. 11. HypErRACANTHA HYPOMELENA, Thoms., var. In this variety, which occurs also at Old Calabar, the abdomen is entirely fulvous. In other respects it agrees with the typical form. (Specimens of this insect stand in Murray’s collection as Diacantha beninensis, H.S.G.) 12. HypeRACANTHA FLAVONIGRA, Thoms., var. Elytra black, with a submedian transverse yellowish band, which does not reach the outer margins, and each with a sinall testaceous spot at the extreme apex. ‘This variety is represented by a single female specimen, which I refer to H. flavonigra, Thoms., on account of the similarity in the contour of the last abdominal segments. The ventral segment is rather deeply incised on each side at the apex, while the median lobe thus cut off bears a shorter incision or notch placed a little to the right of the middle line. The dorsal segment is emarginate in the middle at the apex. 13. BonrESIA SERRICORNIS, Thoms., var. Elytra black ; each with two testaceous patches—one behind the shoulder and extending inwards on to the disk, the other just behind the middle. In the typical forms of B. serricornis the elytra are black with a varying proportion at the apex testaceous. Mr. Jacoby has referred B. serricornis, Thoms. (Ootheca), to the genus Aithonea, Baly ; but I can find no sufficient difference by which to distinguish the latter from Bonesia, Baly. The one genus was founded upon a male, the other upon a female specimen, each belonging to a different species. The anterior cotyloid cavities are usually only very slightly open behind, and may in certain cases (some specimens of B. murrayi, Baly) be completely closed in, 1892. ] COLEOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 93 14. PACHYTOMA OBSCURA, N. sp. Obscure ferrugineo-testacea ; scutello, corpore subtus, pedibus antennisque (his basi testaceis exceptis) nigris; prothoracis lateribus a basi usque ad tertiam partem anticam divergentibus, deinde convergentibus ; elytris crebre punctulatis. Resembles P. gigantea, Illig., but differs from this and the other species known to me by the shape of the pronotum, which, narrowest at the base, gradually widens up to about the anterior third or fourth, thence narrowing again to the apex. The last ventral segment of the abdomen in the female has a rather deep longitudinal pit or groove along the middle of the apical half of the segment. 15. ORNITHOGNATHUS GENEROSUS, Thoms. Family Hispripx. (By H. 8. Gorham, F.Z.S.) 16. CrypTonycHus MURRAYI, Baly. Cryptonychus murrayi, Baly, Cat. Hisp. p. 76, t. 6. f. 5. One example and one var. The variety has the thorax narrower, more thickly punctured all over the surface, with confluent elongate sculpture ; the elytra have a large dorsal black patch, widest in the middle and extending to the sides, and the apex more narrowly black than in the type ; and the whole upper surface is more opaque. It possibly represents a different species. All the species of Cryptonychus hitherto described have been from the West Coast of Africa ; the specimens of the late Mr. Murray are now in my collection. Family Casstpz. (By H. S. Gorham, F.Z.S.) 17. ASPIDOMORPHA SPECTABILIS, Bohem. Aspidomorpha spectabilis, Bohem. Mon. ii. p. 245. A single specimen. 18. ASPIDOMORPHA TIGRINA, Oliv. Aspidomorpha tigrina, Oliv. Ent. vi. no. 97, p. 957, t. 5. f. 8. 19, ASPIDOMORPHA WESTERMANNI, Bohem. Aspidomorpha westermanni, Bohem. Mon. ii. 262. This is the female of A. quadrimaculata, Oliv., sec. Gemm. and Harold, Cat. A single specimen. 20. ASPIDOMORPHA STOLATA, Bohem. Aspidomorpha stolata, Bohem. Mon. ii. p. 274. Several specimens referable to this or a closely allied species. 94 REV. H. S. GORHAM AND MR. C.T.GAHAN ON [Feb. 2, 21. AsPrpoMoRPHA TOGATA, Thoms. Aspidomorpha togata, Thoms. Arch. Ent. ii, 1858, p. 227. One example. 22. AsPIDOMORPHA, sp. ? A single example. The disk of the elytra is wholly black. 23. ASPIDOMORPHA ARUWIMIENSIS, 0. Sp. Ovata, nigra; prothorace elytrisque pallide testaceis, hisirregulariter (dorso subseriatim) punctatis ; cllo basi quam elytra angustiore, maculis duabus rotundis nigris, margine antico subreflexo. Long. 12, lat. 9 millim. The body, head, legs, and antennz of this species are wholly black, the latter about as long as to reach to the hind angles of the thorax, their third joint half as long again as the fourth. The thorax has the extreme edge of the margin blackish ; there are a few obsolete punctures on each black spot and on the lobe just before the scutellum. The scutellum is black, but has a yellow mark at its apex, it is indistinctly impressed. The humerus is prominent ; the elytra are destitute of marks above or beneath, the extreme edge is very faintly brownish ; the punctuation is distinct but irregular, here and there, as near the suture and in one row starting from the callus, forming series. Two specimens of this insect were obtained by Mr. Bonny in the Aruwimi Valley. It has not very much the appearance of an Aspido- morpha; the claws are, however, pectinate at their base; and in general structure it seems to me to agree better with that genus . than with any other known to me. 24. Laccoprera intricatTa, Klug. Laccoptera intricata, Klug, Bohem. Monogr. iti. p. 59. One example. This species is extremely common at Old Calabar and at other places in Guinea. 25. CASs{DA SIGNATIPENNIS, Bohem. Cassida signatipennis, Bohem. Monogr. ii. p. 345. One specimen. This species is also common at Sierra Leone and in Senegal. 26. CAssIDA BONNYANA, 0, Sp. Cassidee hepaticve statura et summa similitudine; nigra, prothorace elytrisque brunneis, his vix nitidis, creberrime minute punctatis, illo punctis duobus discoidalibus nigris, margine antico elevate. Long. 13, lat. 9 millim. The inner side of the first four joints of the antenne, the epistoma, and’a dot on the crown of the head are rufous ; the thorax and elytra reddish brown, on each side of the middle of the disk of the former is a black dot of medium size, and this together with the rather dull surface will at once distinguish this species from C. hepatica 1892.] COLEOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. 95 or any other of its near allies. The prosternum is black and has the process deeply impressed (as in the allied species); the meta- sternum is black and shining ; and the abdomen is black, with the fifth and apical segments rufous, and the three segments preceding these with a yellow spot at the side of each. One specimen obtained by Mr. Bonny. 27. CASSIDA STRIGOSA, 0. sp. Elliptico-ovata, nitida ; elytris marginibus subexplanatis, subviri- dibus, irregulariter punctatis, disco concinne punctato-striatis ; corpore nigro; capite, antennis (articulis duobus ultimis pre- termissis), femorum apicibus, tibiis, tarsis, margineque toto flavis. Long. 9, lat. 7 millim. Not very nearly allied to any species known to me. The outline is very evenly elliptical, with the whole (both thoracic and elytral) margin rather widely but evenly flattened. The green colour has apparently extended over the whole but faded to brown; the suture is narrowly reddish, and is hardly more distinctly marked beneath than above. The striz are rather deep, with closely packed punctures and convex interstices ; a row of larger punctures entirely surrounds the disk, separating it from the expanded margin. Two examples. 28. CAssIDA FUSCOPUNCTATA, 0. sp. Breviter ovata, lutea, nitida; antennarum articulo ultimo toto, penul- timo partim nigro ; elytris nitidis, disco seriatim fusco-punctatis, marginibus subreticulatis, prothoracis angulis externis rotundatis. Long. 6-7, lat. 5-6 millim. Hab. Aruwimi valley (Bonny), W. Africa (coll. Gorham), Old Calabar (coll. Murray). I propose this name for a very plain-looking Cassida, which I obtained from the collection of the late Mr. A. Murray, standing as “C. pallidula, Bohem.,”’ but the species so named by that author is referred to Mexico. The same insect as Murray’s is in my collection from other sources named ‘‘ C. pallidula.”’ It therefore appears that Boheman had suggested this name for the African insect when he examined Mr. Murray’s collection, but that he sub- sequently described another species under that name, C. fuscopunctata is very shining and even, nearly as broad as long ; in life it would seem to be greenish, from the tint on the disk and on the thorax in the fresher examples. The reticulation of the thorax and of the sides in the elytra is very distinct, and there is a submarginal row of larger cell-like punctures at the edge of the disk. The disk of both elytra and thorax is evenly and moderately convex; the underside and antennz except the apex are wholly luteous. One example from Central Africa (Bonny); many in Murray’s collection from Old Calabar, now in my own collection. 96 ON COLEOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AFRICA. [Feb. 2, Family Eroryiip2. 29. LinoDESMUS C&CUS. Elater cecus, Fabr. Gen. Ins. Mant. p. 234 (1777). Episcapha ceca, Lacord. Mon. Erotyl. p. 62. TLriplatoma ceca, Crotch, Rev. Erotyl. p. 406. The specimens of this species, about twelve in number, from Central Africa present a slight difference from those of Old Calabar in that the posterior fascia returns towards the apex along the suture for a little way. It is the species which Mr. Champion remarks as mimicking or mimicked by Tarasides pictus. The resemblance is, however, rather general than very close. 30. Mrcatopacne Furcata, Gorham. Megalodacne furcata, Gorham, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 79. Described from W. Africa. 31. EpiscapHULA oBLiquata, Lacord. Episcaphula obliquata, Lacord. Mon. Erotyl. p. 60. Var., three specimens. The basal fascia has not the outer denticulation in the middle so much produced, nor is it obliquely recurved towards the suture as in Old Calabar specimens, and two of the specimens (which are males) have the elytra more acuminate than is the case in any of the West Coast specimens I have seen. 32. EPIscAPHULA INTERRUPTA, Lacord. Episcaphula interrupta, Lacord. Mon. Erotyl. p. 57. One example. 33. PaALZOLYBAS DORSALIS, Gorham. Paleolybas dorsalis, Gorham, Notes from Leyd. Mus. x. p. 144 (1888). Described from Liberia and Niam-Niam . Family CoccineLuip@. 34, CHILOMENES LUNATA, Fabr. One example. 35. EPILACHNA RETICULATA, Muls. Epilachna reticulata, Muls. Spec. Trim. p. 794. 36. Erinacuna 14-signara, Muls. Epilachna 14-signata, Muls. Spec. Trim. p. 741. One example. 37. EprLacHna uirtA, Thunb. Epilachna hirta, Thunb. Nov. Ins. Spec. i. p. 23; Muls. Spec. Trim. p. 756. Var. Widely distributed ‘ over the whole of Africa ” (Crotch). One example. 1892.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON MAMMALS FROM NYASSALAND. 97 4. On a small Collection of Mammals brought by Mr. A. Sharpe from Nyassaland. By Parire Lurcey Scrater, _M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. [Received January 13, 1892.] Mr. Alfred Sharpe, H.B.M. Vice-Consul for Nyassaland, has kindly shown to me a collection of hunters’ skins and horns of Mammals formed during his recent stay in the Shiré Highlands and in other parts of that territory. A selection of these I have the pleasure of exhibiting this evening, and I have written a few notes upon them. 1. CoLoBus ANGOLENSIS, Scl. Colobus angolensis, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 246, 1880, p. 68; Bocage, Jorn. Lisb. ser. 2, i. p. 9. Colobus palliatus, Peters, Monatsb. Berl. Ak. 1868, p. 637, 1879, p- 830, t. iv. a. i A flat skin of a fine adult example of this species with the elon- gated white hairs on the shoulders well developed, as shown in Peters’s excellent figure of this well-marked species (op. cié. 1879, lev.) 4 Mr. Sharpe informs me that this skin was obtained at the north end of Nyassa in the Kondé country. 2. CercoptrHecus pLuTO, Gray, P. Z.S. 1848, p. 56, Mamm. pl. 3. A flat skin of this species, which, like Colodus angolensis, was originally described from Angola. It is from the interior, on the west side of Lake Nyassa. 3. Vi1VERRA CIVETTA, Schreb. 4, GENETTA TIGRINA (Schreb.) ; Bocage, op. cit. p. 177. Flat skins of both these species, which appear to be abundant in the Shiré Highlands and all along the coast of Nyassa. 5. Herpestes aLBicaupa, G. Cuv.; Thomas, P. Z.S. 1882, p- 75; Bocage, op. cit. p. 180. Mr. O. Thomas has kindly named this skin for me. This Her- pestes is a wide-ranging species in Eastern Africa, extending from Upper Nubia to Natal. The present specimen was obtained on the route between Lake Tanganyika and Lake Mocro. 6. ScruRUS MUTABILIS, Peters, Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. i. p. I3l. The single flat skin of this Squirrel has likewise passed under Mr. Thomas’s supervision. Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1892, No. VII. 7 98 MR. P. L., SCLATER ON [Feb. 2, 7. CoBUS VARDONI. Antilope vardoni, Livingstone, Miss. Trav. p. 256 (Barotsi Valley), and pl. p. 71. Heleotragus vardoni, Kirk, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 657 (Zambesia). Onotragus vardonii, Gray, Cat. Rum. (1872), p. 17. Cobus vardoni, Selous, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 759; id. Wand. pp. ML, 147, 219, pl. v. Vardon’s Antelope was found occasionally by Mr. Sharpe about the south end of Lake Tanganyika, and in vast numbers on the route between Tanganyika and Lake Moecro. It goes in large herds *. I exhibit a fine pair of horns of this species procured by Mr. Sharpe. ; 8. TRAGELAPHUS ANGASI, Gray. Tragelaphus angasi, Brooke, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 487. Mr. Sharpe brings a flat skin of what is apparently a male of this Antelope, hitherto not known to occur so far north. He gives me the following notes on it :— “This Antelope is found in a piece of thick scrubby country bordering the Moanza, which enters the Shiré on the right bank near the Murchison cataracts. I have never seen it alive myself, but have heard of it frequently from the natives, by whom it is called ‘ Bo’—the o being pronounced very long. “Tt frequents the thick scrub, and only occasionally comes out to the edges of the grass-flats. “T have never heard of it in any other part of Nyassaland.” 5. On a New Antelope from Somaliland, and on some other Specimens of Antelopes from the same Country. By P. L. Sctarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. [Received January 28, 1892.] (Plate V.) I have now the pleasure of exhibiting the skull and scalp of an apparently new Antelope of the genus Budalis, which I propose to name B. swaynei, after Capt. H. G. C. Swayne, R.E., who has kindly furnished me with the specimen. The existence of an Antelope of this form in Northern Somali- land has long been known to me (ef. P. Z.S. 1885, p. 932), but it is only within the last few days that I have succeeded in obtaining specimens of it. In a series of Mammals from Somaliland lately received from Capt. Swayne are a good adult skull and head-skin of what he terms the ‘‘ Hartebeest”’ or “Sig” of the Somalis. One glance at this 1 Gf. Sharpe, Pr. R. Geogr. Soc. 1892, p. 39. ReZ 5 ee de Lai J. Smit del.et lith. Mintern Bros. imp. HEAD OF BUBALIS SWAYNEI. 1892.] ANTELOPES FROM SOMALILAND. 99 head is sufficient to show that the “Sig’’ is not the same as the Hartebeest of the Cape (B. caama), but more nearly allied to the Tora (B. tora) of Upper Nubia and to Coke's Hartebeest (B. cokii) of British and German East-Africa, being in some respects inter- mediate between these two species. Fig. 1. Skull of Bubalis swaynei. The horns of Budalis swaynei expand widely, after rising from the base, nearly in the plane of the forehead. They then turn upwards and slightly inwards. ‘The whole horns are strongly ringed anteriorly, as in the allied species. In B. cokii the horns are shorter and not so widely expanded. In B. tora the horns are quite as long as in B. swaynei, but rise much more rapidly from the basal portion, then come further forward and project much further backwards. The face-skin of B. swaynei is of a dark chestnut, much darker between the eyes, and with a large black patch on the nose. The ears are brown exteriorly and light rufous interiorly. 7% 100 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON [Feb. 2, In B. tora the whole face is of a uniform pale isabelline like the body. In B. cokii, of which there are fine examples in Mr. Holmwood’s collections, which I now exhibit, the whole frout of the head is dark rufous and the sides of the head pale fulvous. Thus B. swaynei differs from its two allies both in the structure of its horns and in the colour of its face. It may be characterized as follows :— 1. BusBatis SwAYNEI, sp. nov. (Plate V.) Capite fuscescenti-castaneo, facie nigra ; labiis et naso isabellinis ; cervice brunned nigro irrorald; mento nigricante; auribus brun- neis, intus pilis rufescenti-albis limbatis ; cornubus in plano faciali late divergentibus, inde antrorsim leniter exsurgentibus, apicibus ipsis retroversis ; magnitudine B. caamee. Hab, In terra Somalica. Besides the new Budalis, Capt. Swayne’s last ccllection contains - specimens of the following Antelopes :— 2. NEOTRAGUS SALTIANUS (De Blainv.) ; Thomas, P. Z.S. 1891, p- 211. A skull and two skins ‘ we male of this species, which is locally known as the “ Dik-dik ” or ‘‘ Sakaroo.” 3. OREOTRAGUS SALTATOR (Bodd.); Thomas, /. s. ec. A flat skin of a female, and a skull and head-skin of a male of this species, locally known as “ Alikhud.” 4, Gazeua poizeint, Kobl; Thomay, /. ¢. A flat skin and a head-skin of this species, which Capt. Swayne terms the “ Low-country Gazelle” or ‘‘ Dero” of the natives. I fear it was I that led Mr. Lort Phillips into the error of calling this Gazelle “ spekei ”—a name which, as Mr. Thomas has shown, belongs to the next species of the ‘‘ High-country.” There is now a fine mounted specimen of this Gazelle in the British Museum and several skins. The present flat skin is decidedly rather paler in colour than the mounted specimen in the British Museum, but not otherwise different. 5. GAZELLA SPEKEI, Blyth ; Thomas, op. cit. p. 210. Capt. Swayne sends a skull and head-skin of a female of this Gazelle, which he calls the “ Big-nosed Gazelle.” The horns of this example are particularly long and straight. There is now also a good mounted specimen of this Gazelle in the British Museum, obtained from Herr Menges. Besides the points of difference pointed out by Mr. Thomas, it may be noted that the lateral stripe is much darker, nearly black in the present species. 6. GAZELLA S&MMERRINGI (Cretschm.) ; Thomas, J. c. Three good skulls of males and five head-skins are in the collection. 1892. ] ANTELOPES FROM SOMALILAND. 101 This Gazelle seems to be abundant (cf. Lort Phillips, P. Z. S. 1885, p- 932), and is locally known as ‘* Awal ” or ‘ Aiwal.”’ 7. AMMODORCAS CLARKEI, Thomas, P. Z.S. 1891, p. 207. Of this Gazelle Capt. Swayne sent me two heads in a former collection. See P. Z.S. 1891, p. 197. 8. LirfocraANius WALLERI (Brooke); Thomas, J. c. Of this very peculiar form of Gazelle (the ‘‘Gerenook” of the Head of Lithocranius walleri. natives) there are four flat skins of males, four head-skins, and one skull in the series. , The British Museum have now fine mounted specimens ot both 102 MR. W. BATESON ON [Feb. 2, sexes of this Gazelle, received from Herr Menges, which show well the extraordinary long neck of this animal, as represented in the accompanying drawing (see p. 101). No other Antelope has a similar structure, which at once reminds one of a Giraffe. 9. Oryx BEISA (Riipp.) ; Thomas, J. ¢. A skull and two flat skins of a female O. beisa, which is locally known as “ Baet.”” 10. STREPSICEROS KUDU, Gray. A flat skin of this Antelope, locally called “‘ Arrah Géder.” 11. Srrepsiceros imBeRBis, Blyth. A flat skin of this Antelope, which is said to be known as “ Goriali Goder.” This makes 11 species of Antelopes of which Capt. Swayne has forwarded specimens from Berbera. 1 much regret that he has not sent me accompanying notes on their habits and exact localities, but he promises to do so. At least two other Antelopes are found in Somaliland, namely, a Water-buck (Codus sp. ine.), as mentioned by Mr. Lort Phillips (P. Z.S. 1885, p. 932); and a ‘small red Antelope of the Klip- springer kind; horns about 2 inches long; female bornless; same size as Alikhud: called ‘ Beira’ by the natives”: as described by Capt. Swayne in his letters. Capt. Swayne’s brother, Lieut. E. J. Swayne, Bengal Staff Corps, met with this species in the Gadaburri country, but was not able to shoot a specimen. It may possibly be a Cephalophus. 6. On Numerical Variation in Teeth, with a Discussion of the Conception of Homology. By W. Barrson, M.A., Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge. [Received February 2, 1892.] The following paper is an abstract of facts regarding the Nu- merical Variation of Teeth and of certain conclusions as to the nature of the conception of Homology asapplied to Teeth which those facts have suggested. The observations concerning teeth form part of an investigation of the Variation of Multiple Parts in general, and I hope that before long the results of this work will be published in a complete form by Messrs. Macmillan, to whom I am much indebted for leave to use the blocks with which this paper is illus- trated. In an abstract it is clearly impossible to set forth the precise value and significance of the Study of Variation as a clue to the problems of Descent; but since by most this subject is wholly neglected, it may be well to state in the fewest words why it is that 1892. ] NUMERICAL VARIATION IN TEETH. 103 this method of investigation is not merely a good one, but perhaps the best open to us. The reason, then, is this. We assume that the transition from one form to another takes place by Variation. If, therefore, we ean see the variations, we shall see the precise mode by which Descent is effected. Now the problem of Descent includes the problem of Homology, and, therefore, in any case of supposed Homology between organs the ideally best proof or disproof of such a supposition is to be had by appeal to the facts of Variation. For the statement that an organ of one form is homologous with the organ of another form means that there is between the two some connexion of Descent, and that the one organ has been formed by modification of the other or both by modification of a third. The precise way in which this connexion exists is not defined, and, indeed, has scarcely ever been considered, and though such a con- sideration must be hereafter attempted, the matter cannot be discussed here. We must be content for the present with the belief that in some undefined way there is a relationship between homologous parts, and that this is what we mean when we affirm that they are homologous. In the case of the homologies of Teeth, we are concerned with the application of this belief or principle to the case, not of a single organ, but to Multiple Parts arranged in Series. If, then, the whole series of teeth in one form is homolog- ous with the whole series in another, we have now to consider how far we can extend the principle to the case of individual members of the two series. This is the question which is again and again arising with regard to Multiple Parts, but there are still no general principles by which it may be decided. But though no one has told us the steps by which the Numerical Variation of teeth proceeds, there is nevertheless a received view by which it is sought to interpret the phenomena, and though there are several schemes upon which the homologies of teeth are defined, all are alike based upon one principle, which may be stated as follows. It is believed that in the case of mammals, perhaps excluding the Cetacea, the series of teeth consisted originally of some maxi- mum number from which the formule now characteristic of the © several forms have been derived by successive diminution. On this view the series is believed to be always composed of definite and individual members, which in any given form are either present or absent ; and the business of the homologist is then to determine which in each case is present and which absent. This hypothesis, of course, involves a definite conception of the mode in which Variation works, and it is most important to realize this clearly. For if it is true that each member of the Series of Teeth has in every form an individual and proper history, it follows that if we had before us the whole series of ancestors from which the form has sprung, we should then be able to see the history of each tooth distinctly and severally in the jaws of each of these progenitors. In such a series the rise of one individual tooth and the decline of 104 MR. W. BATESON ON [Feb. 2 another would then be manifest. Each would then have its individual history, just as a Fellowship of a College or a Canonry of a Cathedral has an individual history, being handed on from one holder to his successors, some being suppressed and others being founded, but none being merged into a common fund. In other words, the received view of the nature of homologies in teeth assumes that in Variation the individuality of each member of the series is respected. The difficulty in applying this principle is notorious, not only in the case of teeth but in all cases of Multiple Parts, such as digits, phalanges, &c. ; and when the actual evidence of Variation is before us, the cause of this difficulty will become apparent enough, for it will be found that though Variation may sometimes respect the individual homologies, yet this is by no means a universal rule ; and, as a matter of fact, in all cases of Multiple Parts, as to the Variation of which any considerable body of evidence has been collected, there are numerous instances of new forms arising in which what may be called the stereotyped or traditional individuality of the members has been superseded. The present paper concerns the case of Teeth only, and even of this part of the evidence only a fragment can be given in this abstract, but perhaps it may suffice at least to indicate some of the possibilities which are opened up by the Study of Variation. The material examined has consisted chiefly of specimens in the British Museum and the Museums of the College of Surgeons, Leyden, Oxford, and Cambridge, the Paris Museum of Natural History, and several smaller collections. I have to thank the authorities of these several museums for the great kindness I have received from them in the course of my work ; and in particular I must express my indebtedness to Mr. Oldfield Thomas, of the British Museum, for the constant help and advice which he has given me, both as regards the subject of teeth generally, and especially in examining the specimens in the British Museum. For various reasons I have for the most part limited myself to the following groups :—Primates (excepting Lemuroidea), Carnivora (Canide, Felidee, Viverridee, Mustelidee, and Phocide), Marsupialia (Phalangeridz, Dasyuride, Didelphyide, part of Macropodide, &c.). Except in the case of teeth which are the terminal members of series, such as the first premolar or the last molar, very few facts of importance concerning the process of reduction in number were seen. From the fact that such cases are generally more or less ambiguous, they must be reserved for fuller treatment. For the present it must suffice to give a brief account of some of the more remarkable phenomena relating to increase in number of teeth. The statistics relate to about 2500 skulls belonging to various orders, and the comparative frequency of supernumerary teeth in some of the different groups is interesting if only from its para- doxical character. Primates.—Of the three larger Anthropoids—Orang, Chim- 1892. ] NUMERICAL VARIATION IN TEETH. 105 panzee, and Gorilla—141 normal skulls were seen, and 11 cases of supernumerary teeth, or nearly 8 per cent. (in addition to 7 recorded cases known to me). On the other hand, no case was seen in 51 skulls of Hylobates, which were all normal. And of Old World Monkeys other than these, I found only two cases in 423 skulls, or less than °5 per cent. In the species of Cebidz and in Afeles supernumerary teeth are common, five cases being found in 131 skulls, or nearly 4 per cent. (in addition to 4 recorded cases); while in 92 skulls of other New World Monkeys there was not one case. Puocip2.—139 normals, 11 cases of supernumerary teeth, or 7°5 per cent. Orariip#.—121 normals, 5 cases of supernumerary teeth, or 4 per cent. Canip2.—Of wild Canidz, 289 normals were seen, and 9 cases of supernumerary teeth, or 3 per cent. (in addition to numerous recorded cases). Of Domestic Dogs, including Pariahs, &c., 200 skulls were normal and 16 had supernumerary teeth, or 8 per cent. (besides many recorded cases). Fetipz.—Of wild Felidz, 278 normals and 6 cases of super- numerary teeth, or more than 2 per cent. Of Domestic Cats, 35 normal and 3 cases of supernu- merary teeth, or 9 per cent. Viverrip#.—94 normals (not regarding variations affecting the first premolar only) and 4 cases of supernumerary teeth. Owing to the great variability of the dentition of some groups of Marsupials and the difficulty of deciding on the normal formula, it would not be profitable to give summary statistics which should be satisfactory. It will be seen that, so far as the statistics go, supernumerary teeth were more common in domestic Dogs than in wild Canide, and though the number of Cats seen was small, the same is true in their case also as compared with wild Felide. But though it is received by many almost as an axiom that domestic animals are, as such, more variable than wild ones, and though the figures some- what support this view, it is necessary to point out that such a deduction should be made with great caution. For while it is trne that the domestic Dog is more variable in its dentition than wild Dogs, it is not true that it is much more variable than many other wild animals, as, for example, the Anthropoid Apes, some of the Phocide, several genera of Marsupials, and others. The doctrine that domestication induces or causes Variation is one which will not, I think, be maintained in the light of fuller evidence as to the Variation of wild animals. It has been suggested by the circumstance that so many of our domesticated animals are variable forms, and that so little heed has been paid to the variation of wildforms. To obtain any just view of the matter, the case of variable domestic species should be compared with a species which is variable though wild. 106 MR. W.'BATESON ON [Feb. 2, The case of the great variability of the teeth of the large An- thropoids, which is shown not merely in numerical changes, but in frequent abnormalities of position and arrangement, is most striking, both when it is compared with the great rarity of variations in the teeth of the Old World Monkeys and the comparative rarity of great variations even in Man. If the Seals or the Anthropoids had happened to be domesticated animals, I do not doubt that many persons would have seen in this variability a consequence of domestication. When the whole evidence is examined, it will be found that we can make no generalizations of this kind, and that the variability of a form is, so far as can be seen, as much a part of its specific characters as any other feature of its organization. A few curious cases may be given in illustration. Of Canis cancrivorus, a S. American Fox, I know the following specimens only (in the British Museum)—normals (numerically) : one whole skull with lower jaw, one skull without lower jaw, and one lower jaw without a skull, and in one of these right m® is much larger than the corresponding left tooth; abnormals: two skulls have m! on both sides, and a third has a large “ odontome” formed as 4 small molars growing from right m’. Of Felis fontanieri, an aberrant Leopard, two skulls only are known (British Museum), and both of these show dental abnormalities, one having supernumerary left m2, and the other having aa additional talon to right p*, making it almost a “ bigeminous”’ tooth. In the Seals only three cases of reduplication of the first premolar were seen, and two of these were in Cystophora cristata (Leyden and Cambridge). Evidence of this kind might be multiplied indefinitely. The following cases are chosen as representative examples or ‘Prerogative Instances” of different classes of phenomena which occur in connexion with increase in number of teeth. It will be understood that the cases are selected as illustrations, and that in order to have a full appreciation of their significance, the whole body of evidence must be taken together, for scarcely any two cases are exactly alike. Division of individual Teeth. Ommatophoca rossii-—Of this form two skulls only are known, namely, those in the British Museum. One of them has the arrangement usually found in Phocide, viz., five teeth behind the ‘ Ake - % - 2-2 any 5 canines, giving the formula:—i. =, ec. =: p-+m.=-. By the 55 analogy of other Seals, these five teeth are p. > m. i. The other specimen is exceedingly remarkable (fig. 1). In it the incisors and the canines are the same as in the first specimen, but the first tooth behind the canine on both sides in the lower jaw and on the right side in the upper jaw has a very peculiar form, having a deep groove passing over the whole length of the tooth on both its outer and inner sides. These grooves extend from the tip of the root along both sides of the crown, and thus imperfectly divide each tooth into an anterior and a posterior half. The cusp of each tooth 1892.] NUMERICAL VARIATION IN TEETH. 107 is also divided by the grooves so as to form two small cusps. Each of these teeth is therefore an imperfectly double structure, and may be described as being just halfway between a single tooth and two teeth. On the left side in the upper series, as the vis-a-vis to one of these double teeth, there are two complete teeth, standing near Ommatophoca rossii, having the first upper premolar on the right side bigemi- nous, and ou the left side represented by two complete and similar teeth. In the lower series the first premolar was bigeminous on both sides. From a specimen in the British Museum, together, but having separate sockets divided from each other by a bridge of bone. The dental formula for this skull taken as it stands ise—1- a c. — p- +m. —, for since the bigeminous teeth are not completely divided into two, they must be reckoned as single teeth. Phoca grenlandica.—A specimen is preserved in the Leyden Mu- seum having the arrangement shown in the figure (fig. 2’, p. 108). The dentition of the lower jaw is the same on both sides. In the upper jaw there are on the left side sx teeth behind the canine, while on the right side there are five, the normal number. But upon examination, one of these teeth, namely p‘ of the usual nomen- clature, is an abnormally large tooth, being especially thick in a transverse direction, and has besides a deep cleft in the crown, 1 This figure was kindly drawn for me by Mr. J.J. Lister. 108 MR. W. BATESON ON [ Feb. 2, which is thus partially divided into two. Upon comparing this with the series on the left side, it appears that two of the six teeth stand level with this bigeminous tooth, and both bite between p‘ and m' of the lower series, though there is no crowding in the jaw owing to the large spaces which exist between the normal teeth of this species. There is, therefore, no doubt that the fourth premolar is on the left side bodily represented by two distinct teeth, each of Phoca grenlandica, having the fourth upper premolar on the right side bigemi- nous, and on the left side represented by two complete teeth (shaded). Right and left profiles; from a specimen in the Leyden Museum. which is perfect and complete, while on the right side the process of division is incomplete. In the Paris Museum (A 2897) there is a specimen of P. gren- landica in which the second upper right premolar is represented by two teeth, each of which has two roots; but these two teeth stand at the same level in the arcade, one being external and the other internal. On the left side the second upper premolar is incompletely double, the crown being partially divided by an oblique constriction into an anterior and internal portion and a larger posterior and ex- ternal part. The former has one root and the latter has two. It is thus seen that reduplication of teeth may occur in such a way that a tooth which is normally single may be represented by two teeth, and that the two teeth thus formed may either (1) both take places in the ordinary series, or (2) may stand externally and internally respectively. Substitution of two teeth for one, both being in series, was seen in Ommatophoca rossii (p'), Phoca grenlandica (p*), Otaria ursina (p’), Brachyteles hemidactylus (p'), Phalanger orientalis (p"), ditto (p’), Myrmecobius fasciatus (i), ditto (i#). Probably also cases of the presence of two similar small teeth in place of the first premolar in the Canidee and Felidze should be looked on as belonging to this 1892.] NUMERICAL VARIATION IN TEETH. 109 class, though the materials which support this view cannot easily be given in brief. Partial or complete reduplication of teeth occurring in the second way was seen in P. greenlandica (p*), Otaria cinerea (m"), Canis me- somelas (p*), Vison horsfieldii (p*), Herpestes orientalis (p*), Herpestes gracilis (p), Felis domestica (p'), ditto (p*), Phalanger orientalis (#*), &e. The power of a single organ to reproduce itself is of course not confined to teeth, but will be shown to be present in many different kinds of organs, and especially in those which are ‘arranged as a Series of Multiple Parts. Variation in Terminal Teeth when a new member is added to the series. This is a phenomenon which is most instructive as a guide to the Fig. 3. Canis azare, from specimens in the Leyden Museum. I. Right upper molars of a specimen having a supernumerary third molar on each side. II. The right lower jaw of the same. III. and IV. The right upper and lower jaws of a normal skull of rather larger absolute size, to show the increased size of the teeth in the abnormal specimen. C. The carnassial tooth. nature of the process by which Multiple Parts are formed. It may be stated generally that if the tooth which is the last of a normal 110 MR. W. BATESON ON [Feb. 2, series is relativelya small tooth, as, for example, m? or m* in the Dog, then in cases of an addition to the series by which this terminal tooth becomes the penultimate it will be found that this penultimate tooth is larger and better developed than the corresponding ultimate tooth of a normal animal of the same size. Of this phenomenon two examples must here suffice. The first is a skull of Canis azare in the Leyden Museum (fig. 31, p- 109). In this figure, I and II represent the back-teeth of this abnormal specimen, I being the upper, and II the lower jaw. By the side of thése are shown the upper and lower jaws of a normal specimen of rather larger absolute size. In the upper jaw thereis a supernumerary m* on both sides and the great enlargement in m’ and especially in m?* is very striking. In the lower jaw there is no extra tooth, but the molars are considerably larger than the normal size. The next case is that of Dasyurus maculatus, having an extra Fig. 4. Dasyurus maculatus. A. Right upper jaw of a normal specimen. B and C. Upper and lower jaws of an abnormal specimen having an extra molar in each lower jaw and in the left upper jaw. In correlation with this change the sixth upper back-tooth (m*) has been increased in size. (The abnormal specimen was of less than normal size.) From specimens in the British Museum. molar in the left upper and both lower jaws. In this case, owing to the great difference which normally exists both in shape and size between the last tooth and the last but one, some obscurity is intro- duced by the changes associated with the presence of an extra tooth, and it would be difficult to determine the nature of the upper teeth if this phenomenon of Variation were unrecognized. The structures are shown in fig. 4, A being the right upper jaw of a normal specimen, while B and C are the jaws of the abnormal form (Brit. Mus. 983 6). The normal specimen is unfortunately much larger 1 This drawing was kindly made for me by Mr. J. J. Lister. 1892. ] NUMERICAL VARIATION IN TEETH. 111 than the other, which Mr. Thomas tells me is abnormally small for the species. In the upper jaw of a normal skull there are two small premolars (p' and p* of Thomas) and behind these four molars. The molars increase in size from the first to the third, which is by far the largest. Behind the third is the fourth molar, which is much thinner than the others. On comparing the abnormal skull with the normal one it is seen, firstly, that on the left side there are seven teeth behind the canine, while on the right side there are ‘only six such teeth, as usual. On the right side, however, the last molar has not the thin flattened form of the last molar of a normal skull, but is a fair-sized thick tooth. In each lower jaw there are seven back-teeth instead of six. In making a more detailed com- parison, the first five teeth on each side are clearly alike, while from its form the seventh on the left side might be thought to represent the normal sixth, and this is the view originally proposed by Mr. Thomas in his ‘Catalogue of Marsupialia,’ p. 265, note. The difficulty in this view is that it offers no suggestion as to the nature of the sixth tooth on the right side. In the light, however, of what has been observed in other cases of extra molars, it seems likely that ou the right side m* has been raised from a small tooth to one of fair size, while on the left side the process has gone further, m4 being still larger and another tooth having been formed behind it. Mr. Thomas, to whom I am greatly indebted for having first shown me this specimen, allows me to say that he is prepared to accept the view here suggested. This phenomenon, of the enlargement of the terminal member of a series when it becomes the penultimate, is not by any means con- fined to teeth, for the same is true in the case of ribs, digits, &c., and it is possibly a regular property of the Variation of Series of Multiple Parts which are so graduated that the terminal member is the smallest. This fact will be found of great importance in any attempt to conceive the physical process of the formation of Mul- tiple Parts, and, pending a full discussion of this and kindred pro- cesses, it may be remarked that such a fact strikingly brings out the truth that the whole Series of Multiple Parts is bound together into one common whole, and that the addition of a member to the series may be correlated with a change in the series itself, and may occur in such a way that the general configuration of the whole series is preserved. In this case the new member of the series seems, as it were, to have been reckoned for before the division of the series into parts. This is, of course, only one way in which numerical Variation may take place; for, as was described in the previous section, ad- ditions to the series may be formed by the division of single members of the series, and in this case the configuration and proportions of the rest of the series remain normal. Examples of these two distinct methods of numerical Variation occur among Series of Multiple Parts of many kinds (digits, vertebree, &c.). Re-constitution of Parts of the Series. Some curious instances of what is almost a remodelling of parts 112 MR. W. BATESON ON [ Feb. 2, Upper Diagram. Teeth of Rhinoptera javanica, specimen having asymmetrical dentition (after Smith Woodward). The arrangement on the right side of the figure is normal, The lettering shows Mr. Woodward’s suggestion as to the cor- respondence of the parts. Middle Diagram. Rhinoptera sp.inc. From a Hunterian specimen in the Museum of the College of Surgeons. On the left side there are three rows of small lateral teeth, while on the right side two of these rows are represented by one row, which in places shows an indication of division. Lower Diagram. Rhinoptera javanica, in which the row of teeth marked I. is on the other side represented by two rows. (After Owen, ‘Odontography,’ pl. xxv. fig. 2. From a specimen in Coll. Surg. Mus.) Norz.—That in these two cases, though the general proportionsare maintained, the lines of division between ,the lateral plates on the abnormal side are not in their normal morphological positions relatively to the median Lies the interspaces on the one side corresponding to the teeth on the other. 1892.] NUMERICAL VARIATION IN TEETH. 113 of the series have been met with. Cases of this kind are known in the tessellated teeth of Rhinoptera (an Eagle-Ray), the most remarkable being that described and figured in R. jussieut by Smith Woodward in Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6, vol. i. 1888, p. 281. In this specimen (fig. 5, upper diagram) the number and arrangement of the teeth were quite different on the two sides, those on the one side being normal, while those on the other were unlike any known form. This new kind of tessellation was, nevertheless, so regular and definite that had it been existing on both sides the specimen would undoubtedly have Fig. 6. IG goo, TOM We ? Nave DAP Sons ae i oe Ateles marginatus, having four premolars on each side in the upper jaw instead of three. The lower jaw is normal, and the lower canine consequently bites behind the upper. (Brit. Mus. 1214 0.) been made the type of a newspecies. There is, indeed, in the British Museum a unique pair of jaws in both of which a very similar tes- sellation occurs in a nearly symmetrical manner, and though this specimen has been described as R. polyodon, it is by no means unlikely that it is actually a ‘“‘sport” of this kind derived from the usual formula of Rhinoptera. One case in Mammals may be mentioned. This is a specimen of Ateles marginatus (Brit. Mus. 1214 6) having four premolars in each upper jaw instead of three (fig. 6). The lower jaw is normal. ‘There is nothing in this specimen to indicate Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1892, No. VIII. 8 114 MR. W. BATESON ON [Feb. 2, that any one of these teeth should be considered supernumerary more than any other; and in the absence of such evidence it would, as I think, be best to regard the four premolars in this specimen as collectively representing the three premolars of the normal. For just as a stick may be broken into three pieces or into four, so would it seem to be with Multiple Parts. The epithelium which normally gives off three enamel-germs has here given off four such germs, and I believe that it is as impossible to analyze the four teeth and apportion them out among the three teeth as it would be to homologize the sides of an equilateral triangle with the sides of a square of the same peripheral measurement, or to homologize the seg- ments of a 4-rayed Sarsia* with segments of its 6-rayed “sport.” To make such an attempt would be to disregard the plain and ob- vious indications of the true nature of the phenomenon, and any theory of Homology which recognizes this class of problem as profit- able or legitimate is, I believe, founded upon a wrong conception of the physical process of Division. . For, after all, it is with a process of physiological Division that we have here to do, and the Division which results in the formation of a series of Multiple Parts is probably a manifesta- tion of the same physical process as the Division of a cell or the segmentation of an ovum. Whoever will discover by what physical process an ovum segments will give us the key to the problem of the segmentation of tissues into Series of Multiple Parts; and though we are far enough from having any such knowledge, we should at least recognize that this is the problem to be dealt with, and any working hypothesis of the nature of Homology should be, at all events, in harmony with what is known of the processes of Division and should be founded upon them. Now the ordinary conception of the relationship of Homology as defined above, though it has been a useful instrument as a basis of nomenclature and so forth, is nevertheless inconsistent with the facts of Division and is founded on assumptions which are not justified, suggesting a view of the physics of Division which is wrong. In order to appreciate this, let the reader consider, for example, the case of Ommatophoca rossii given above. Judged by the ordi- nary rules of morphological criticism, this specimen shows one or both of two things :— (1) The first premolar of Ommatophoca may in itself represent two premolars of an ancestor. Or (2) In the descendants of Ommatophoca the single first pre- molar may be represented by two distinct and several pre- molars. 1 Sarsia is the Medusa of a Gymnoblastic Hydroid (Syncoryne). The normal] form has 4 radial canals, 4 ocelli, and 4 tentacles. ‘Three specimens having six of each of these parts are recorded, two (American) by L. Agassiz, Mem. Amer. Acad. Sci. iv. 248, pl. v. fig. 5, and one (British) by Romanes, Journ. Linn. Soc. xii. p. 527. All of these were radially symmetrical. 1892.] NUMERICAL VARIATION IN TEETH. 115 One or both of these propositions may be true. If the division of the other three first premolars were as complete as that of the left P' there would be no indication of their origin. But if it is possible for a premolar to represent or to be represented by two premolars, without any visible indication of its double nature, may not the same be true of the premolars of other forms? May it not be true of teeth generally? And if it is true, how are the homologies of teeth to be determined? Nevertheless teeth are almost preemi- nently amenable to this kind of treatment. ‘They have been studied with immense care. The facts which they present, and on which their homologies are to be determined, are remarkably compact, and of all Series of Multiple Parts they offer the best chance. But ex- amined in the light of a knowledge of the facts of Variation, that process is found to be capable of occurring in a way which precludes the possibility of carrying out an analysis of the relation between the parts and suggests that such relationship need not necessarily exist at all. This subject cannot now be discussed further; but if any one wishes to realize the difficulties suggested by the Variations of which instances have been given, let him read some good dis- cussion of dental homologies, as, for example, Thomas’s excellent paper ', with these cases in his mind, and as he reads let him ask himself what margin is left for the oceurrence of phenomena like this. Such schemes as that alluded to, though they have done a most useful work, and though they are ingenious, logical, and orderly, are orderly because they are made without regard to the ways of Variation, which is arbitrary and capricious and follows no order that we have yet devised. An illustration will perhaps help to make clear the point at issue. The received view of homology supposes that a varying form is derived from the normal much as a man might make a wax model of the variety from a wax model of the type, by small ad- ditions to, and subtractions from, the several parts. This may, to our imaginations, seem, perhaps, the readiest way by which to make the varying form if we were asked to do it; but the natural process differs in one great essential from this. For in nature the body of the varying form has never been the body of its parent and is not formed by a plastic operation from it; but in each case the body of the offspring is made again from the beginning, just as if the wax model had gone back into the melting- pot before the new model was begun. The present system of Homology must probably be retained as a basis of notation, imperfect though it is and though it is founded on a misconception of essential facts. It is likely that many will be disposed to doubt the reality of this misconception. and I can only ask that they should suspend judgment until the whole evidence can be produced. In the meantime this summary of facts and conclusions is put forward, together with a few “ Prerogative Instances,” in the hope that some one may be thereby attracted to a most powerful and fascinating method of zoological research. 1 Phil. Trans. 1887, vol. elxxviii. B, p. 4438. ep 116 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE YARKAND STAG. [Feb. 16, February 16, 1892. Osbert Salvin, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. Mr. W. T. Blanford exhibited two heads (one mounted) and a skin of the Yarkand Stag. The specimens had been lent for exhibition by Major C. S. Cumberland, who shot the animals in the woods on Skull and horns of Yarkand Stag (from specimen in Nat. Hist. Mus.) 1. the Yarkand or Tarim river in 1890, as described by him in ‘ Land and Water’ (vol. li. p. 318, March 14th, and p. 446, April 11th, 1891). Mr. Blanford made the following remarks :— The Stag of Eastern Turkestan was first brought to notice by 1 The head here figured is in the British Natural History Museum, and was presented by Mr. A.O. Hume. The skull measures in basal length 14 inches, in breadth across the orbits 6°75; the two horns are 35 and 34 inches long respectively, measured along the beam and round curves, and the girth of the right horn, just above the burr, is 6°75 inches. 1892. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON HEADS OF ANTELOPES. 117 some of the officers who accompanied the Mission under Sir D. Forsyth sent by the Government of India to Yarkand and Kashgar in 1873; and by Colonel Prejvalski, who found this Deer common around the Lower Tarim and Lobnor in 1876, and noticed it (Pet. Mitth., Erg. Heft, No. 53, p. 9) as Cervus maral. In the ‘Mam- malia’ of the Scientific Results of the Second Yarkand Mission, p- 92, this animal is mentioned, and a photograph of its horns obtained by Mr. R. Shaw noticed. From the photograph it was surmised that the horns resembled those of C. affinis. Several fine heads have since been obtained by Mr. A. O. Hume from Yarkand; of these three are now in the British Museum. All are very similar: they have 5 tines on each horn, as is generally the case in C. cashmirianus and C. offinis, but differ greatly from the last named in the curve of the beam, and somewhat from C. cashmirianus, to which, however, they appear very closely allied. At the same time the horns of the Tarim Stag appear always distinguishable as spreading less and by the terminal tine never being curved inwards to anything like the extent that it is in C. cashmirianus. There is very little resemblance to C. maral, in which the crown appears to consist of more than two tines. C. maral, C. cashmirianus, and some other Deer may be ultimately classed as subspecies of C. elaphus. The Yarkand Stag is apparently another subspecies, distinguished by its unusually straight horns. As a distinctive name is useful for these races, each of which appears to occupy a small isolated area, the name C. yarkandensis may be applied to the Yarkand and Tarim Deer as a subspecific name, it being understood that the form is not regarded as specifically distinct from C. cashmirianus. The skin of the body is unusually pale in colour, with a well marked caudal disk. Mr. Sclater exhibited and made remarks on some “ Spinning or Japanese Mice,” as a particoloured breed of Mus musculus or one of its allies, now commonly kept in captivity, is usually called. The curious habit of spinning round and round after their tails like a kitten was highly developed in this breed and continually exercised. It was very difficult to imagine a reason how this habit originated, and why it was so readily inherited. Mr. Sclater exhibited a series of mounted heads of Antelopes belonging to Capt. H. G. C. Swayne, R.E., and made the following remarks :— My communication upon Capt. Swayne’s Antelopes to the last meeting having been rather hurried owing to stress of time, I thought it might interest the Society to examine Capt. Swayne’s private col- lection of heads, which have been beautifully mounted for him by Messrs. Rowland Ward & Co. of Piccadilly, and kindly sent here for exhibition. 118 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON ANTHROPOID APES. | Feb. 16, They belong, as-will be seen, to the eight following species :— (1) Bubalis swaynei. (5) Lithocranius walleri. (2) Neotragus saltianus. (6) Oryx beisa. (3) Gazella semmerringi. (7) Strepsiceros kudu. (4) Gazella spekii. (8) Strepsiceros imberbis. Amongst these, I am specially pleased to be able to draw atten- tion to a beautifully prepared head of Swayne’s Hartebeest (Bubalis swaynet), the new Antelope of which I pointed out the characters at the last meeting. It will be observed that this mounted head fully confirms the points of difference between Swayne’s Antelope and the allied species (B. tora) on the North, and Coke’s Hartebeest (B. cokii) on the South. From both these species, without reference to the form of the horns, of which I spoke on the former occasion, the new species is at once distinguished by the dark chestnut colour of the whole head and neck, which is relieved by the black face below the eyes and the light isabelline of the nose and lips. The ears also are of an isabelline tint, with the hairs edging the interior rim nearly white. This, I may remark, is the fourth new species of Antelope that we have lately received from Somaliland, and it is even possible that the Water-buck (Cobus) met with, but not obtained, by Mr. James’s party in the interior, as well as the small Antelope called “ Beira”’ spoken of by Capt. Swayne, may turn out to be novelties also. Mr. Sclater gave the following list of the known Antelopes of Northern Somali-land and their native names :— List of the Somaliland Antelopes. 1. Swayne’s Hartebeest. Bubalis swaynei. “ Sig.” 2. Salt’s Antelope. Neotragus saltianus. “ Sagaro.” 3. Klipspringer. Oreotragus saltator. “ Alikhud.” 4. Water-buck. Cobus sp. inc. 5. Seemmerring’s Gazelle. Gazella semmerringi. * Aiwal.” 6. Pelzeln’s Gazelle. pelzelni. ** Dehro.” 7. Speke’s Gazelle. spekii. do ? 8. Clarke’s Gazelle. Ammodorcas clarkii. “ Debo Tag.” 9. Waller’s Gazelle. Lithocranius walleri. “« Gerenook.” 10. Beisa Antelope. Oryx beisa, “ Bact.” 11. Greater Koodoo. Strepsiceros kudu. “ Goriali Gédir.” 12. Lesser Koodoo. —— imberbis. “ Arreh Gédir.” Mr. A. Smith Woodward exhibited and made remarks on speci- mens of the supposed jaws and teeth of Bothriolepis from the Upper Devonian Formation of Canada. Mr. F. E. Beddard read a paper entitled “Contributions to the Anatomy of the Anthropoid Apes.” This contained a description of the external characters, brain, and muscles of the Bald-headed Chimpanzee “Sally,” and the reputed Lesser Orang “ George,” lately living in the Society’s gardens. The. Bald-headed Chimpanzee, Troglodytes calvus, was established as a second species of Chimpanzee by M. Du Chaillu. The Natural 1892. | MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON ANTHROPOID APES. 119 History Museum possessed skins and skeletons of this Anthropoid which were obtained from M. Du Chaillu ; a comparison of these with the skin and skeleton of “ Sally” showed that the Chimpanzee which lived for so many years (from 1883 to 1891) in the Society’s Gardens was undoubtedly referable to Du Chaillu’s Troglodytes calvus. The late Dr. Gray had refused to admit the validity of this species; but the present paper afforded additional reasons for accepting T'roglodytes calvus as a distinct form of Chimpanzee, not synonymous with the 7. ¢schego of Duvernoy. The animal was unfortunately so diseased that the viscera could not be satisfactorily studied ; the bones, too, exhibited pathological appearances, so that the supposed differences in the skulls of T. calvus and T. niger must probably be liberally discounted. The animal had acquired the permanent incisors and bicuspids of the upper jaw; the first molar being the only one of the molar series which wasin place. The canines were along way from their defini- tive position, and protruded through the bone. In the lower jaw the only representatives of the milk-dentition which had not been replaced were the canines. The condition of the teeth, were their possessor a human being, would suggest the age to have been between ten and eleven years: this was in all probability the age of the Chimpanzee. The muscular anatomy did not, as might be expected, show many differences from the common Chimpanzee, 7’. niger. At present it was impossible to state how far even these slight differences might be individual. Although so many anatomists— Brith], Bischoff, Humphrey, Macalister, Sutton, Chapman, Vrolik, Gratiolet, and Alix, &e.—had recorded their dissections of 7’. niger, the normal muscular structure of even that species was not yet beyond dispute. And as the present paper contained the only account yet published of the myology of 7’. calvus, the facts stated must be taken for what they were worth. In the following table the principal differences between T’roglo- dytes calyus and Troglodytes niger were shown (according to Sutton’s account of the myology of the latter) :— T. calvus. T. niger. Pect. Minor .......0+.-- Insertion : coracoid. Insertion: capsule of shoulder-joint. Biceps cruris ....00005 Ischial head present. Ischial head absent. |SITE" Beppe BAe eee from head of fibula only. from upper third of pos- terior surface of fibula only. Flex. prof. digit....... attached by a vinculum No such vinculum (?)1. to flex. long. digit. mera Flex. long. digit. ...... supplies digits m., 1v.,v. supplies digits 1, v. Lumbricales ..........+. three. four. Flex. long. poll. ...... well developed, supplies absent or feebly deve- index and pollex. ped supplies only pol- ex. Ext. min. digit. ...... absent. present. This vinculum, however, is stated by Macalister to occur. Sutton does not say it is absent ; he does not refer to it, 120 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 16, In the brain the chief differences from 7’. niger were: the greater depth in proportion to the length ; the Sylvian fissure was much more upright than in the common Chimpanzee, and therefore approached the Gorilla and the other Anthropoids; the common Chimpanzee came nearest to man in the direction of this fissure. The middle lobe of the cerebellum was overlapped posteriorly, and nearly concealed, by the two lateral lobes. The Orang “ George”’ was believed on its arrival to be an adult example of the Lesser Orang, Simia morio, originally described by Sir R. Owen. It proved to be a much younger specimen than had been supposed. All the milk-teeth were present ; and, although they were unusually worn, none had been replaced by the permanent teeth. The shape of the head was, however, rather different from that of the typical Simia satyrus, being distinctly longer and not so markedly brachycephalic. The external characters, particularly the hands and feet, were described and illustrated, and a full account was given of the muscular anatomy of the limbs. This paper will be published entire in the Society’s * Transactions.’ The following papers were read :— 1. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Sandakan, N.E. Borneo. By Artuur G. Burinr, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. [Received January 8, 1892.] (Plate VI.) The Lepidoptera here enumerated were obtained by Mr. W. B. Pryer and presented by him to the National Collection; many of them have suffered considerably from damp, but, fortunately, the examples of the finest of the new species are in excellent condition. RHOPALOCERA. This part of the collection is of little value, and the specimens are much damaged ; it, however, contains examples of an interesting Elymnias. The following is a list of the species :—Calliplea ma- zares, Moore, Salpinx kadu, Eschscholtz, Elymnias (probably the male of #. penanga, Westw., black above, with the interno-basal half and a belt across the apical area of the primaries slaty Jilacine), Lurytela castelnaui 9, Felder, Neptis thamala, Moore, Rahinda sandaka, n. sp.', Athyma nefte, Cram., Euthalia dunya, Hew., Lebadea padaka, Moore, Amathusia phidippus, Linn., Hypolimnas 1 Exactly like R. peraka, excepting that the submarginal band of the primaries is single instead of treble—a distinction which is believed to be constant. P ZS .1892 Plate VI. West, Newman ump. WPurkiss hthadnat. Lepidoptera from Sandakan. P5922) > |” LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 121 wallaceana 3, Butl., Narathura pryeri, n. sp.', N. achelous Q var., Hew., Papilio prexaspes, Feld., P. evemon, Bdv., P. telephus, Feld., P. bathycles, Ginck., P. arycles, Boisd., P. agamemnon, Linn., Astictopterus sindu, Feld. HETEROCERA. Amongst these are several beautiful new insects, as well as others which are by no means abundant in collections. No Sphingide are represented, but there is a lovely new Zygenoid Arctiid. CHALCOSIID. MIcxeria FICTA. Cyclosia ficta, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vi. p. 97 (1862). Milleria pontioides, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii. p. 35 (1881). Walker’s description of this species is so bad that without exam- ining the type it would be quite impossible to guess at its identity with M. pontioides. CALLAMESIA STRIATA. Amesia striata, Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vii. p. 142 (1891). This species appears to be allied to OC. submaculans of Walker (Journ. Linn. Soe. iii. p. 185, 1860). I have to thank Mr. Druce for identifying it for me as his species. CHALCOSIA INDISTINCTA. Chalcosia indistincta, Swinhoe, in litt. One imperfect female. ARCTIIDE. MypDRoTHAUMA, N, gen. Nearest to Zupyra, the primaries a little narrower, the subcostal branches emitted regularly from the cell instead of branching off from the main nervure; the second and third median brauches wider apart at their origins; the secondaries with strongly arched costal margins; three instead of two median branches; palpi extremely short and porrected, instead of very long and almost erect; tibial spurs also very short; abdomen much _ broader, flattened and tufted at the sides. From Mydrodowa, to which it is also allied, it differs in its considerably narrower primaries with sinuous instead of arched inner margin ; in the important point of * Differs from N. amphimuta, to which it is allied and which it nearly re- sembles on the under surface, in its much inferior size and in the deep glistening ultramarine (rather than violet) blue colouring of the upper surface ; the female, which is in the B.M. from Sarawak, has a much more restricted blue area, especially on the pecoud amie expanse of wings, ¢ 43 millim., © 40 millim. 122 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 16, the absence of an accessory cell, in the non-furcate subcostal branches, in the very important point of the absence of a costal vein to the secondaries, the simple instead of forked subcostal vein, the presence of a radial vein, which in Mydrodoza is absent, and the more slender legs with better defined tibial spurs. Altogether, in spite of a similarity in the palpi of Mydrodoxa and Mydro- thauma, the latter is decidedly more nearly allied to Hupyra. Type IZ. ada. MyprorHauMa Apa, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 1.) do. Nearest to M. semperi (Mydrodowa semperi, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 519, pl. xxxii. fig. 1), which is a true Mydrothauma, but far more beautiful; primaries above velvety greenish black, with three metallic violet spots forming an arched stripe across the base ; a narrow band of gold with diffused greenish edges across the basal third, its inferior extremity not quite reaching the inner margin ; the disk almost wholly occupied by two large unequal golden spots or patches with diffused greenish edges: secondaries intense seri- ceous black ; the costal area greyish; a minute steel-blue spot at the end of the cell ; a trifid subeuneiform hyaline patch divided by the second and third median branches: head and collar vivid carmine; thorax velvety black, the meso- and metathorax clothed at the sides with deep smoky brown hair: abdomen blackish brown, almost black, with velvety black lateral tufts; each segment marked with lateral metallic violet-blue dashes: wings below very like the under surface of M. semperi, excepting that they are blacker, the discocellular veinlets are defined by metallic blue instead of green spots, and the gold and green on the external area is much more extended ; body below black, the legs and sides of venter spotted with metallic blue spots. Expanse of wings 48 millim. A single example only of this charming novelty was captured by Mrs. Pryer, to whom (at her husband’s request) [I have dedicated it. PHISSAMA VACILLANS. Amphissa vacillans, Walker, Lep. Het. iii. p. 685. n. 1 (1855). LiTHosiuDz. CABARDA BIZONOIDES. Lyclene bizonoides, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 111 (1862). C. molliculana=C. sequens is perhaps only a variety of this species. Karua, sp. inc. The single example is not perfect and therefore I hink it better not to describe it; it is like a small example of K. intermizta, Walk., from Southern India, but the face is greyer. 1892.] | LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 123 NyYCTEMERID. LLEPTOSOMA INTEGRUM. Nyctemera integra, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. v. p. 1879 (1866). Originally described from a Philippine example. LEPTOSOMA REGULARE. Leptosoma regularis, Suellen, Veth’s Midden-Sumatra, Lep. p. 34 (1880). The specimen in the present collection differs from the typical form in the abbreviation of the outer marginal border of the secondaries on the upper surface. LipaRiD&. ADLULLIA GUTTULATA. Euproctis guttulata, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xxix. p. 36. n. 3, pl. 1. fig. 3 (1886). One female. Described from a Sumatran example. ADLULLIA, n. sp., Swinhoe, za litt. A slightly damaged female. The generic term Adlullia of Walker takes precedence of Chero- tricha, Felder, as in general use. Mr. Kirby, however, holds that the type of Chwrotricha is synonymous with Gogane. LIMACODID. ScorpELODES VENOSA. Scopelodes venosa, Walker, Lep. Het. v. p. 1105. n. 3 (1855). A male example. The female only was previously known to us from Silhet and “FE. India” ; the male now sent is very like that sex of S. auro- grisea, but the abdomen is more decidedly banded with black ; the abdominal half only of the secondaries is ochreous and the primaries below are more distinctly veined with whitish. The following appears to me to be a new genus of Nycteolide; the male, from Borneo, has been for some years in the Museum collecticn. NYCTEOLID2. SIGLOPHORA, n. gen. Allied to Chandica, primaries with nearly straight costa, slightly arched external margin and more strongly arched inner margin; a deep longitudinal groove behind the costal vein on the under surface ; subcostal with four ordinary branches, the two last emitted from a long footstalk; the fifth branch emitted from the end of the cell close to the upper radial, the lower radial emitted near the third median and therefore looking like a fourth median branch: secondaries rather short, deeply excised in the male on the radial interspaces, merely angulated in the female; costal vein united to the subcostal 124 MK. A. G. BUTLER ON [ Feb. 16, close to the base, separating from it at about the middle of the discoidal cell and running thence to apex ; subcostal emitting two branches from the anterior angle of the cell; discocellular weak, in- arched; radial emitted at the inferior angle of the cell; second and third median branches emitted from a long footstalk near to the radial: body robust, similar to that of Chandica; palpi long, thick, and compressed ; antennz, long, thick, simple; legs rather thick, the middle tibize armed with two unequal spurs, the inner ones very long ; posterior tibiee with four spurs. Type S. della. SIGLOPHORA BELLA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 2.) Basal three-sevenths of primaries bright lemon-yellow, ornamented by little irregular undulated lines and rings of blackish brown and bounded externally by a dark imperfect line; a costal patch beyond this area of the same colour and crossed by dark brown irregular lines; remainder of wing vinous brown in the male, rust- red in the female, varied by a few inconspicuous darker spots; a deeply dentated submarginal line of yellow—indistinct in the male, but sharply defined and partly bounded internally by black spots in the female; fringe vinous, sericeous, spotted with grey: secondaries with the basal half ( ¢ ) to third ( Q ) sericeous semitrans- parent white, tinted externally with yellow and bounded by a badly defined reddish band ; remainder of wing vinous grey; fringe with a pale basal line: thorax bright yellow, varied with rust-red markings: abdomen bright rust-red, with a yellow spot in the centre of the basal segment, in the male specimen before me the sides and margins of the segments are pearly whitish (possibly owing to abrasion) and the anal tuft is blackish; on the under surface the defined markings have all disappeared; the yellow portions of the wings are softened down and the remaining area is grey, a reddish band separating the yellow from the grey areas: body below pearly white; palpi and fore tibize yellowish, banded with vinous grey. Expanse of wings, ¢ 24, 2 23 millim. 3, Borneo, 1879 (coll. B.M.). 2, Sandakan. NoroponTIp&. CELEIA, sp. inc. A much broken example of a fine and apparently new species of this genus. CaREIDE. CaREA, 0. sp. Fragments of an unnamed species, shortly to be described by Col. Swinhoe, were in the collection. DREPANULIDE. DrareETODES NUMMULARIA. Drapetodes nummularia, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xxxii. n. 11, pl. 1. figs. 4, 4 a (1889). A single female example. 1892. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 125 AGNIDRA CARNFA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 3.) 3. Sericeous pale brownish flesh-colour, sparsely irrorated with blackish atoms, which are most abundant on the outer half of the secondaries: primaries crossed by two very indistinct oblique darker lines—the first before the middle, irregular, almost }-shaped, the second regular, discal, more oblique, elbowed below apex; a submarginal series of rosy spots on the veins: secondaries with two whitish stigmata on the discocellulars; under surface rosy flesh- coloured, veins ochraceous; wings sprinkled with black atoms; primaries crossed by an oblique grey discal stripe, which is vaguely continued by the black atoms across the secondaries ; fore tibice scarlet. Expanse of wings 35 millim. Although the apices of the primaries are broken the specimen of this very distinct species in the collection is sufficiently perfect for description. BomMBYCID. ERNOLATIA SIGNATA. Ernolatia signata, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vi. p. 131. One female. A discoloured male in the Museum from Java igs named *‘ QOcinara lida,’? Moore. CARADRINIDZ. PRODENIA LITTORALIS. Hadena littoralis, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 91. n. 2, pl. 13. fig. 8. CALLOPISTRIID. I have waded laboriously through Walker’s long paper on the Lepidoptera of Sarawak in the ‘Journal of the Linnean Society’ without being able to identify the three following species with certainty ; the first, however, is probably his Hutelia? consentanea, and therefore I so name it, although it is not a Hutelia but belongs to a new genus allied to Hyperdasys. PacHYDASYS, n. gen. Primaries with straight costa, rectangular apex, and obtusely angulated outer margin; palpi broad, obliquely ascending, com- pressed, terminal joint short; antenne of male subserrate, fasci- culated: all the femora and tibize and the tarsi of the hind legs very broadly fringed and clothed with coarse hair-scales. PacHYDASYS CONSENTANEA. (Plate VI. fig. 5.) Q. Eutelia? consentanea, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vii. p. 68. n. 313 (1864). One male example. 126 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 16, PLATYDASYS, n. gen. Allied to the preceding genus and to Cotanda ; the wings of the same form as in Dissolophus; the antenne most like those of Cotanda but thicker, the femora and tibiz of all the legs and the tarsi of the middle and hind pairs very densely clothed with coarse hair-scales. Type P. pryeri. PLATYDASYS PRYERI, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 6.) Sepia-brown with faint roseate reflections; the primaries with black and white lines and spots almost exactly as in the European Methorasa latreillei; but the reniform spot is larger and more indented in front, and the pink hastate spot immediately beyond the sinuous black-edged white discal line and situated upon the upper radial vein is much less prominent, so that it is scarcely distinguishable from the remaining portion of the pale stripe bounding the external edge of the disca! line. Expanse of wings 34 millim. do, Sarawak; 2, Labuan. In coll. B.M. A fragment of the female was obtained by Mr. Pryer in Sanda- kan. This species should be among the insects described by Walker ; but, if so, the description is not good enough to render its identification possible. Pa@ciLoGRAMMA, 0. gen. Nearest to Gnamptocera, but in the pied character of its markings very dissimilar, superficially, from any of the allied genera; antennze normal in character, with short sparse ciliations ; palpi broad, compressed, curved obliquely upwards, with short terminal joint ; collar and tegule ample ; metathorax with prominent central crest ; basal segment of abdomen probably tufted; legs long, the front tibiz broad, the external edge being densely fringed with coarse scales; femora of middle pair of legs flattened and grooved, the tibiz densely clothed with hair and with two long terminal spurs ; posterior legs almost naked, the tibize with the usual spurs. Type P. picata. Pa@cILOGRAMMA PICATUM, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 4.) Primaries above sepia-brown, spotted and streaked with black, the internal area whity brown ; base white, marked with two black spots, an oblique bisinuated white stripe from the base of the costa to an oblique white band across the basal two-fifths of the wing, the latter band is traversed by a black line and is angulated at its costal extremity ; an oblique white streak from the apex, interrupted by the reniform spot, which is white, oval, and encloses two unequal black spots, and the postmedian stripe, which is white, internally edged with black, zigzag and very irregular, a slightly sinuous white submarginal stripe, connected on the second median interspace by a white spot, with a marginal series of internally white-edged black dashes ; fringe whitish, spotted with grey ;: secondaries grey, with diffused darker external border : head and collar blackish, partly 1892.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 127 white-edged ; mesothorax buff, speckled with black; tegule and metathorax white, spotted and speckled with black ; abdomen whitish with grey dorsal spots: primaries below smoky grev, with dull white inner margin; costa partly whitish ; an indistinct trans- verse dark postmedian stripe and a subapical pure white spot : secondaries whitish irrorated with grey scales; a black crescent at end of cell followed by an arched discal grey stripe and a diffused grey external belt which tapers towards anal angle; body below whitish, palpi brownish, fore and middle tibiz white barred with blackish. Expanse of wings 33 millim. A single male example, with slightly damaged abdomen, but otherwise in good condition. HomMopreriDz&. HoMopreRA CRUEGERI. Homoptera cruegeri, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 411. n. 51. Evidently a very wide-ranging species. CaTEPHIIDE. MELIPOTIS CYLLARIA. Phalena (Noctua) cyliaria, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 251. figs. C, D (1779). This species, which varies greatly in the coloration of the primaries (like the other species of Melipotis), is identical with MM. cyllota aud M. signivitta. Achea purpureilinea, Walk., is probably the same species. OPHIDERID&. OPHIDERES FULLONICA. Phalena-Noctua fullonica, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 812. n. 16. OPHIDERES AURANTIA. Ophideres aurantia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 607. PHYLLODIDZ. PoTAMOPHORA MANLIA. Phalena-Noctua manlia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 144, pl. 92. fig. A (1779). The variability of this species is well known ; one of Mr. Pryer’s specimens is very pretty, the reniform spot and a stripe connecting it with the inner margin being bright ochreous: we have one similar example from Darjiling. LYGNIODES MAURUS, Staud. An imperfect example of a fine species allied to L. endoleuca, but with the fringes and the abdominal area of the secondaries bright ochreous. Mr. Druce has received examples of this species from Dr. Staudinger with a name above given, but I am not certain that it has been published. 128 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 16, DysGoniip&. LAGOPTERA HONESTA. Thyas honesta, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii., Lep. iv., Noct. iii. figs. 1, 2. LAGOPTERA MAGICA. Corycia magica, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Zutr. figs. 535, 536. OPHIODES DISJUNGENS. Othiodes (sic) disjungens, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1360 (1857). PINDARA ILLIBATA. Noctua illibata, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 592. n. 8 (1775). OPpHISMA INVERSA. Ophisma inversa, Walker, Lep, Het. xiv. p. 1384. n. 34 (1857). ACHZA FASCICULIPES. Achea fasciculipes, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1400. n. 20 (1857). SERRODES CAMPANA. Serrodes campana, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 252. n. 1673 (1852). An unusually lilacine example. DysGoNIA FULVOTENIA. Ophiusa fulvotenia, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 272. n. 1710 (1852). AMPHIGONIIDE. AMPHIGONIA COMPRIMENS. Amphigonia comprimens, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1540. n. 5 (1858). THERMESIID. PLATYJA UMMINEA. @. Phalena-Noctua umminea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 267. fig. F (1782). Ginea removens, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1638. n. 1 (1858). 3. Sympis subunita, Guenée, Noct. ili. p. 344. n. 1810 (1852). Cotuza drepanoides, Walker, 1. c. p. 1552. n. 1 (1858). Both varieties of this species were obtained by Mr. Pryer. CAPNODES MACULICOSTA. Capnodes’? maculicosta, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1608. n. 19 (1858). 1892.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 129 HERMINIIDA. AMBLYGOES OILEUSALIS. Herminia oileusalis, Walker, Lep. Het. xvi. p. 116. n. 38. Madopa ? quadristrigata, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. 1877, p. 73, pl. 5. fig. 7. PYRALES. STERICTA DIVITALIS. Glossina divitalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 124. n. 20. ARTHROSCHISTA HILARALIS. Margaronia hilaralis, Walker, Lep. Het. xviii. p. 532. n. 33 (1859). SYLEPTA IOPASALIS. Botys iopasalis, Walker, Lep. Het. xvili. p. 652. n. 182 (1859). MerSANCHYLA ILLECTALIS. Desmia ° illectalis, Walker, Lep. Het. xix. p. 931 (1859). TALANGA SEXPUNCTALIS. Oligostigma sexpunctalis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 616, pl. 60. fig. 12. DicHocrocis PANDAMALIS. Botys pandamalis, Walker, Lep. Het. xix. p. 999 (1859). SICULODIDE, DurpDARA OVIFERA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 7.) Nearest to D. fenestrina, but differing from all the named forms of the genus in its grey coloration above and in having an oblique oval hyaline spot near the base of the first median interspace of the primaries ; the outer half of the fringe of the secondaries is white ; the primaries below are almost wholly glaucous grey, with white internal border, and in the secondaries the costa and veins are greyish ; the palpi are even longer than in D. plagifera, and are whitish internally and along their inferior margins. Expanse of wings 28 millim. Mr. Meyrick says (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 185) that “ Microsca plagifera is a variety of Striglina myrtea, Drury (=fenestrina, Feld., and fenestrata, Gn.), with the spot (which varies very much and is sometimes absent) unusually large. With every wish not to admit too many species, I cannot conceive that Mr. Meyrick is correct in this assertion ; for, however much a spot on the wing may vary in size and shape, it appears highly improbable that the palpi would follow suit, aud assuredly there is little resemblance between the palpi of D. fenestrina and D. plagifera (which I described as a Microsca). Our example of D. fenestrina is a female, and so far as can be judged from the type of D. plagifera, in which the frenulum Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, No. IX. 9 130 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 16, on one side is concealed and on the other broken, the latter is of the same sex ; it has the last joint of the palpi much more slender and of nearly twice the length of that of D. fenestrina. When it is proved beyond question, by carefnl breeding, that dissimilar forms are varieties of one and the same species, the sooner they are put together the better; but this guesswork, especially when concealed under the guise of an authoritative declaration, is a positive hindrance to the acquirement of accurate knowledge. In many cases where Mr. Meyrick has stated his conviction that a long series of described forms belong to one variable species, he has been subsequently obliged to alter his opinion; surely he cannot claim that his first action advanced science, since he must know of a truth that it only retarded it. DuRDARA ROBUSTA. Durdara robusta, Warren, in ltt. The type of Mr. Warren’s unpublished description is from Sarawak ; it is just possible that Walker may have described it as an Anisodes or a Capnodes in his Supplement, or in one of the papers published in the Linnean Journal; but I cannot venture to attempt its identi- fication. PHARAMBARA VINOSA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 8.) Pale vinous-brown; wings reticulated with darker brown: pri- maries crossed by six imperfect darker bands, the outer edges of which, and the inner edge of tlie third one, are defined by blackish lines; the fourth and fifth lines are inarched towards the costa; the sixth, which is submarginal, is abbreviated and cuts off the apical half of the external border ; on the secondaries there are about three black-edged, ill-defined, abbreviated bands from the costa, the central one is acutely elbowed and bounded on each side near the centre of the wing by a hyaline, subquadrate, white spot ; on the under surface all the markings are more sharply defined, and on the primaries is a subcostal, basal, shining, pearly tuft covering the base of the frenulum. Expanse of wings 26 millim. A single male example. The species does not appear to be very closely allied to any named form. URAPTERYGID. SYNGONORTHUS, n. gen. Allied to Gonorthus : of the same form and with similar neuration ; but the male antennz much shorter and with very short fine ciliations instead of being strongly pectinated. SYNGONORTHUS SUBPUNCTATUS, nu. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 9.) Pale creamy stramineous, slightly sericeous; the wings irrorated with greyish argillaceous; the primaries crossed by two nearly parallel, straight, transverse stripes of the same colour; outer margin and fringe forming a third stripe rather more ferruginous in tint ; 1892. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 131 costal margiu narrowly ochraceous, speckled with blackish : second- aries with only a discocellular spot to represent the inner stripe of the primaries, but with a well-defined subangulated outer stripe from outer fourth of costa to inner margin, close to anal angle ; marginal stripe blacker than onthe primaries: head and collar rufous-brownish : wings below without irrorations, but crossed by a straight discal series of blackish spots on the veins; primaries tinted with pink, with a transverse blackish dash on the discocellulars ;_pectus whitish. Expanse of wings 38 millim. This very distinct species is unfortuuately only represented by one imperfect specimen ; it is, however, so unlike anything else that I have seen or of which I can find a description, that I have no hesitation in naming it. BoaRMIID&. ELPHOS HYMENARIA, Var. Elphos hymenaria, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 285. n. 446, pl. 16. fig. 4 (1857). The single female obtained by Mr. Pryer has lost the white patch upon the secondaries. TERPNIDIA NELEARIA. Hypochroma nelearia, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 279. n. 444 (1857). HyrocHROMA NETUNARIA ? Hypochroma netunaria, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 279. u. 445 (1857). The two examples, both females, seem to agree fairly well with the description of this species. HyPocHROMA VITTICOSTA. Hypochroma vitticosta, Walker, Lep. Het. xxi. p. 438. n. 25 (1860). A male example in good condition. I have to thank Col. Swinhoe for the identification of this species ; he tells me that the type from Sarawak is somewhat faded. ASCOTIS SELENARIA. Geometra selenaria, Schiffermiiller, Wien. Verz. p. 101 ; Hiibner, Geom. pl. 31. fig. 163. A damaged female only was obtained. ZERENIDZ. PANZTHIA GEORGIATA. Panethia georgiata, Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 196. n. 1243. NAXA TEXTILIs. Naxa textilis, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1743 (1856). i 9 132 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Feb. 16, EvuscHEMID. EvUscHEMA DOUBLEDAYI. Hazis doubledayi, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xxvii. pp. Ixxxii and 96-98 (1884). IDzIDz. CHRYSOCRASPEDA VINOSA. Chrysocraspeda vinosa, Warren, in litt. A beautiful little bright yellow species, maculated and banded with plum-colour ; it is to be hoped that a description of it will soon be published. A much-worn example, apparently of a true Idea, new to the Museum collection, was also obtained by Mr. Pryer. MESOSTROPHE OVISIGNATA. Anisodes ovisignata, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. p. 444 (1884-7). The specimen from Sandakan agrees perfectly well with the Ceylonese type. CABERID. MarestA ? UNDIFASCIATA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 10.) Basal area of wings white, speckled with black and transversely striated with pearl-grey ; remainder of wings pearl-grey, striated with white and crossed to near costa by white-edged, zigzag, dark brown stripes, three on the primaries and two on the secondaries, also by a submarginal stripe, slightly waved on the primaries, but distinctly zigzag on the secondaries, the third and sixth angles filled in so as to form blackish, more or less triangular spots ; a slender, slightly zigzag, black marginal line; fringe, excepting along the abdominal margin of the secondaries, very short: head and collar blackish ; thorax white, speckled with black; abdomen wanting: under surface pale pearl-grey ; the disk of the wings crossed by two subparallel darker grey bands, enclosing a white belt; the outer band angulated on the primaries ; legs silvery whitish. Expanse of wings 33 millim. I have been unable to find any description or figure of this lovely little moth ; judging by the descriptions alone, it would seem to be allied to Acidalia destituta and Maresia binotata, described by Walker from specimens coming from Sula and in Mr. Saunders’s collection. Macariip&. PLUTODES CYCLABIA. Plutodes cyclaria, Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 118, n. 1111, pl. 20. fig. 3. TRYGODES DIVISARIA. Macaria divisaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxiv. p. 107 (1861). 1892.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SANDAKAN. 133 MIcrRontiipD&. ACROPTERIS LEPTALIATA, Micronia leptaliata, Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 28. n. 935. PsEUDOMICRONIA C@LATA. Pseudomicronia cclata, Moore, Descr. Lep. Atk. p. 257 (1887). EuUMELEIDZ. EuMELEA LUDOVICATA. Eumelea ludovicata, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 393. n. 629 (1857). GEOMETRIDZ. ORNITHOSPILA SUBMONSTRANS. Geometra submonstrans, Walker, Lep. Het. xxii. p. 526. n. 36 (1861). ORNITHOSPILA CINCTA. Geometra cincta, Walker, Lep. Het. xxii. p. 527. n. 38 (1861). This species is of the same size and general colour as the preceding, but differs in the nearly straight instead of distinctly dentate-sinuate dark green lines across the wings and in the uniformly vinous-coloured fringes. CoMIBEZNA MEGASPILARIA. Phorodesma megaspilaria, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 371. n. 593. ZAMARADA, 0. sp. One much shattered example of an apparently new species ; its condition unfits it for description. HyYsu2Ipz&. The position of this family is somewhat doubtful; the aspect of the species forcibly reminds one of the Tortrices, but the neuration does not altogether correspond with that of the Tortricide ; at the same time the Hybleide do not appear to be true Noctuites. HyBLZA CONSTELLATA. Hyblea constellata, Guenée, Noct. ii. p. 391. n. 1251. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. Fig. 1. Mydrothauma ada, p. 122. . Siglophora bella, 2, p. 124. . Agnidra carnea, p. 125. . Pecilogramma picata, p. 126. Pachydasys consentanea, p. 125. . Platydasys pryeri, p. 126. Durdara ovifera, p. 129. Pharambara vinosa, p. 180. . Syngonorthus subpunctatus, p. 130. . Maresia? undifasciata, p. 132. SO OMI Sp 9 dO 134 . MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [Feb. 16, 2. Third Account of the Fishes obtained by Surgeon-Major A. S. G. Jayakar at Muscat, East Coast of Arabia’. By G. A. BouLunesr. [Received January. 19, 1892.] Two further collections received from Mr. Jayakar in 1891 enable me to supplement the list of Muscat Fishes with the names of seventeen species, of which one (His¢iopterus typus) belongs to a genus previously unknown from the Indian Ocean. TELEOSTEI. ACANTHOPTERYGIIL. PERCIDA. 1. SERRANUS HOEVENHI, Blkr. 2. Hisrioprerus typus, Schleg. This fish is on record from Japan only; but a fine specimen from Duke-of-York Island is preserved in the British Museum. The genus Histiopterus is an important addition to the fauna of the Indian Ocean, and it seems surprising that so striking a form should have hitherto escaped notice on the coasts of India and Ceylon, where it will no doubt be eventually found. SPARIDZ. 3. Box LINEATUS, sp.n. 13 3 5 DD ck We ech lacks Oe gba Length of head a little more than one fourth of the total (with- out caudal) ; diameter of the eye a little greater than the length of the snout, two sevenths the length of the head. Pectoral three fourths the length of the head. Depth of the body thrice and one third in the total length (without caudal). Caudal deeply forked. Upper half of body greyish olive, lower half yellow; four rather indistinct dark lines along each side of the body, the uppermost running along the lateral line; a black spot in the upper axillar portion of the pectoral. Total length 250 millim. A single specimen. This species is very nearly related to the Atlantic and Mediter- ranean Box vulgaris, from which it differs in the deeper body, the somewhat larger scales, and the slightly different number of rays. The fin-formula and the axillar spot differentiate it from Cuvier and Valenciennes’s 2. salpoides, stated to be from the Indian Ocean. 4. PIMELEPTERUs Fuscus, C. & V. 1 Cf, P.Z. 8. 1889, pp. 236-246. 1892.] FISHES FROM MUSCAT. 135 SCLENIDA. 5. Scrana sina, C. & V. ScoMBRID&. 6. THYNNUS ALBACORA, Lowe. Thynnus macropterus, Schleg. Several large Tunnies sent by Mr. Jayakar belong to this species, being undistinguishable from Atlantic specimens. In my first report I recorded the true Tunny, 7. thynnus, from Muscat. And if I am right in not separating the Pacific 7. macropterus from the Albacore, it must be admitted that both the true Tunny and the Albacore roam over the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific Oceans. In the Indian Ocean T. thynnus must be by far the rarer of the two species, since it was not on record until discovered at Muscat by Mr. Jayakar. CARANGID&. 7. CARANX ROTTLERI, Bl. 8. CARANX LiIoGLossus, Gthr. A specimen 29 inches long. It differs from the much smaller specimens described by Bleeker as Lioglossus carangoides in the total absence of teeth, the still greater projection of the lower jaw, and the very small extent of the scaleless portion of the breast. The differences are, however, ascribable to age; and I have not the slightest hesitation in referring this large example to the species described by Bleeker, of which a type specimen is now in the British Museum. 9. Lacrarius DELICATULUS, C. & V. PuysoOsToMt. CyPRINID&. 10. Discocgnatuus LAmTa, Ham. Buch. This well-known Indian freshwater fish has been previously re- corded from Aden, in Arabia. It is also found in Abyssinia. Mur2NIDz&. 11. Murana arra, Bl. CHONDROPTERYGII. CaRCHARIIDE. 12. Carcuarias acutus, Riipp. 13. CarcHaatas ELLIOTI, Day. This Shark is very closely allied to C. murrayi, Gthr.; but differs 136 DR. W. B. BENHAM ON [Feb. 16, in having the upper teeth narrower and more oblique, and the snout longer, the distance between the mouth and the end of the snout being equal to the width of the mouth. Fig. 2 on pl. 189 of Day’s ‘Fishes of India’ refers to C. acutidens, whilst fig. 1 represents C. ellioti. 14. CaRCHARIAS LAMIA, Risso. RHINOBATIDZ. 15. Ra yYNCHOBATUS ANCYLOsTOMUs, Bl. Schn. TRYGONIDZ. 16. TRYGON SEPHEN, Forsk. 17. THNIURA MELANOSPILA, Blkr. 3. Descriptions of Three new Species of Earthworms. By W. Braxtanp Bennam, D.Sc. (Lond.),- Aldrichian Demonstrator in Anatomy in the University of Oxford’. [Received February 1, 1892.] (Plates VII. & VIII.) In July of last year (1891) I received from Professor Jeffrey Bell three bottles containing Earthworms which had been presented to the National Collection. With the permission of Dr. Giinther, I was allowed to make an examination of these specimens, and to treat them in any way necessary for their identification. I wish to express my thanks to Dr. Giinther for this privilege, and to record my appreciation of Prof. Bell’s kindness in allowing me to examine many Earthworms which from time to time have come into his hands for identification. The contents of the bottles were as follows :— A. Three small worms [Plutellus perrieri, n. sp.| collected at Masset, Queen Charlotte’s Island, British Columbia. Pre- sented by the Rev. T. H. Keen. B. A single specimen [Microcheta papillata, nu. sp.| from Port Natal. Collected and presented by H. A. Spencer, Esq. C. A single specimen [Microcheta belli, n. sp.| from East London, Cape Colony. Collected and presented by H. A. Spencer, Esq. A. In the bottle from Queen Charlotte’s Island were three worms, two mature and one apparently immature; the latter I cut into a series of transverse sections after the examination of one of the mature forms, under the impression that it belonged to the same ‘ Communicated by Frank EH. Bepparp, M.A. Oxon., Pro: ector to the Society. iT D LTT, ny —== SS <> —— > > ber = By PITT Pps CET Uren ‘ A WWD. neph iar --V.mid, Ai a Raa ‘I CY MADRS <r STS POS I = SAA ATS SAE 5 SS ARE SS Benham del. J. Smit ith. Mintern Bros. imp. NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. « ae a) wv. Hy var > a mes Benham. del. J, Smit hith_ ‘ Mintern Bros. mp. NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 1892.] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 137 species as the other two, but I find that it is an Enchytreid, the anatomy of which, however, I have not yet worked over. Of the two other specimens one remains entire, and was returned to the British Museum, the drawing of the external surface (Plate VII. fig. 1) being taken from it; the second was partially cut into sections—after being opened and examined—the anterior twenty somites being cut sagittally, the posterior portion transversely. The chief characters of the worm may be summed up as follows :-— (1) The eight chete are isolated, though they are not all equidistant. (2) The clitellum is complete, and occupies somites xiil. to xviii. (3) The male pores are on somite xviii. (4) The nephridiopores alternate in position, one series being in line with the cheetze ‘‘3,” the other with the chete “4.” There are (5) one pair of testes in somite x.; (6) one pair of sperm-sacs in somite xi.; and (7) four pairs of spermathece, without diverticula, in somites vi., vii., viil., and ix. (8) The cylindrical prostate lies in somite xviii. (9) The gizzard occupies somite v.; there are no definite cesophageal diverticula. The Earthworm which appears to agree most clearly with this diagnosis is Plutellus heteroporus * from Pennsylvania; but this worm, according to Perrier’s description, presents two very striking anom- alies, which do not occur in the present instance: (a) the nephridia are entirely confined to one somite, z. e. the funnel does not perforate the septum ; (4) the “ ovary ” is placed anteriorly to the testes. But these two peculiarities are anomalous, not amongst Earthworms only but amongst all the Oligocheta ; the post-septal position of the nephridiostome is indeed totally at variance with the arrangement met with throughout the whole group of Chetopoda ; hence, we must look with very great suspicion on these supposed characters, and indeed Perrier himself, in writing of the presumed “ovary” in the tenth somite, recognizes its abnormal position and expresses himself, not only with great caution, but also with a good deal of doubt—* Mais nous devons dire qu’a cet égard notre conviction est loin d’étre aussi complete qu’en ce qui concerne les testicules.” Most zoologists working on this group have thrown doubts on the accuracy of these supposed facts, and this without impugning the carefulness of M. Perrier, for he had two specimens only, and these, having lain in spirit for 50 years and more, were in a very bad condition of preservation; moreover, his statements were drawn from observations on the dissected specimens, which are not so likely to be correct as those obtained from examination of serial sections. We must then remove these two characteristics from the diagnosis of the genus Plutellus, and thereby we bring the worm into accord with what has become regarded as the normal condition of things. I believe the worm which forms the subject of this communication 1 Hd. Perrier, Arch. de Zool. Expér. ii. 1873. 138 DR. W. B. BENHAM ON [Feb. 16, belongs to Perrier’s genus, and name it after that zoologist. I shall reserve certain histological points for later consideration. PLUTELLUS PERRIERI, ll. Sp. It has a length of 2 inches (50 mm.) and a comparatively great diameter—namely a little more than 1 inch (4 mm.); the length of the clitellum is 4 mm., and the distance from its anterior margin to the tip of the prostomium is 7 mm.’ There are 126 somites in the specimen which remains uninjured ; they are all well marked and are only obscurely annulated. The two extremities of the worm are rounded, obtuse, and not noticeably attenuated, and at the posterior extremity the body is slightly dilated. The prostomium is distinct and completely dovetailed into the buccal somite, as it is in P. heteroporus. The clitellum, when the worm is fully developed, extends all round the somites xiii. to xviii., with the exception of the median ventral region of the last somite and a short portion of the first somite. The intersegmental grooves are entirely obliterated and the anterior and posterior boundaries are very sharply defined. In the specimen dissected, where the clitellum was not so fully developed, the ventral surface of the somites was less glandular and the grooves less obliterated than in the entire specimen, and a pair of papille exist on somite xvill. between the cheetee “1” and ‘*2.”’ In the fully matured form, the glandular modification of this somite extends ventrally so as to become continuous with these papillze, which are then no longer evident. [In P. heteroporus the clitellum is also complete, occupying somites xiv. to xvil., but overlapping the anterior part of somite xviii. | The chete, eight in number, are isolated ; the ventralmost—con- stituting the series of chatz “1’’—on each side is close to the middle line ; if the space between “ 1” and “2” be taken as the unit, represented by S, the space between the ventral cheete of the two sides is 2S, that between the second and third is 13S, that between «3” and “4”’ is 2S, and the dorsal area, between the dorsalmost chete of the two sides, is 5S; the chete “4” lie dorsally (Plate VII. figs. 2and 4). Posteriorly the space “ 1-2” is slightly greater than it is anteriorly ; and anteriorly to the clitellum, space 1-1 is less than it is posteriorly. [In P. heteroporus the cheetz are equidistant, but posteriorly the dorsal and ventral spaces are a little greater than the lateral spaces, and spaces 1—2 and 3-4 are a little less than anteriorly. | The cheetze themselves are of the usual lumbricid form, without ornamentations ; there are no modified, copulatory chzetz of any sort. The nephridiopores are not visible externally in my specimens, which are very well preserved, and the segments probably a good deal closer together than in life; but I find from my longitudinal sections that they have the following arrangement (Plate VII. figs. 2 & 4) :—The first pore lies on the anterior margin of somite iii., and, 1 These figures for P. heteroporus are 15 cm. as length of body, 6 mm. as length of clitellum, and 4 mm. as its distance from the extremity of the body. 1892.] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 139 like the pore of the next somite, is in line with the cheetz “4”; the pores in somites v., vii., ix., xi., xiii., xv., &c. are in line with cheetz **3”; those of the even-numbered somites are in line with cheetee “4”; but in the case of somites vi., viii., x., xii., I did not actually see the pores, as the dorsal body-wall in this region of the body had been injured in dissecting the worm, but there is no pore in either of these somites in line with either of the other cheete. [In P. heteroporus, the nephridiopores of somites iil., iv., v., vi. are in line with the third chzetze, those of vil., ix., xi., &c. with the fourth cheetze, and those of vili., x., xii., &c. with the second cheetee, with some divergence from regularity in certain somites. | The male pores are on somite xviil., just between the first and second cheete ; but in the immature specimen, as I have mentioned, there is a pair of papille in this position, which carry the pores ; the papille in the fully developed individual being continuous with the rest of the glandular modification of the clitellum. With regard to P. heteroporus, Perrier states (p. 255) “il nous semble que les orifices males étaient accompagnés chacun d’une papille en avant et en arriére,”’ but owing to the state of preservation of the worm he was uncertain on the point. The figure (Plate VII. fig. 1) which accompanies the present paper might suggest these papillee, but the slight pit represented between somites xvii. and xviii. is not the male pore, which lies on the slight papilla on somite xviii. I was unable to see the pores in somite x. which Perrier regarded as those of his “‘ oviducts ”; they, in fact, do not exist in the present worm. With regard to these pores, his figures are not in agreement with one another. The spermathecal pores (which are in line with chete “‘ 2,” at the anterior margin of somites vi. to ix.) and oviducal pores (on somite xiv.) are not visible in surface view. There appear to be no dorsal pores; this is one of the few points in which my specimen differs from P. heteroporus. Internal Anatomy. The septa bounding posteriorly each of the somites v. to xi. are considerably pouched centrally, so that the organs in these somites are carried backwards in such a way that they appear to occupy a more posterior position than they actually have ; the septa behind the somites viii. to xii. are slightly stronger than the others (Plate VII. fig. 3). The nephridia conform to the usual type; the coiled tube pre- senting the three regions which I have described’ in those of Lumbricus and which appear to he pretty generally present in “ meganephric ” Earthworms. The muscular region or “ bladder” is very large, and differs in size in the two series of nephridia. The funnel has the normal structure and position—. e. it is preeseptal. The genital organs have the following arrangement, as determined ’ 1 “The Nephridium of Lwmbricus,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxxii. p. 294. 140 DR. W. B. BENHAM ON [Feb. 16, by dissection, controlled by examination of a series of longitudinal sections. A single pair of testes lies in somite x. enclosed with the ciliated rosettes in a special sac, continuous below the gut from side to side, and with the sperm-sacs in the following somite; of the latter there is but one pair in the specimen examined—which, it must be remembered, may not have been guite mature ; they do not extend into either of the neighbouring somites, but are entirely contained in somite xi. (Plate VII. fig. 3, sp. sac). [In P. heteroporus, Perrier places the “‘ testicules,” 7. e. sperm- sacs, in somite x1i.] The sperm-ducts were traceable to somite xviii., in which lies a pair of prostates (Prost., fig. 3). Each prostate is cylindrical, and curved upwards, so that the free end, which is slightly recurved, lies above the gut, the ventral end is continued as a narrow muscular duct (gen, d.) along the body-wall to the external pore; this “ venital”’ or penial duct receives